# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Red Hat
# This file is distributed under the same license as the sssd-docs package.
#
# Translators:
# Christopher Meng <cickumqt@gmail.com>, 2012
# Ludek Janda <ljanda@redhat.com>, 2020. #zanata
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sssd-docs 2.3.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sssd-devel@redhat.com\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-16 13:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-07-22 07:51-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Copied by Zanata <copied-by-zanata@zanata.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/sssd/"
"language/zh_CN/)\n"
"Language: zh_CN\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
"X-Generator: Zanata 4.6.2\n"

#. type: Content of: <reference><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:8 sssd-ldap.5.xml:5 pam_sss.8.xml:5 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:5
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:5 sssd-simple.5.xml:5 sss-certmap.5.xml:5
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:5 sssd-ad.5.xml:5 sssd-sudo.5.xml:5 sssd.8.xml:5
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:5 sss_override.8.xml:5 sssd-krb5.5.xml:5
#: sss_cache.8.xml:5 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:5 sss_seed.8.xml:5 sssd-ifp.5.xml:5
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:5 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:5
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:5 idmap_sss.8.xml:5 sssctl.8.xml:5
#: sssd-files.5.xml:5 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:5 sssd-kcm.8.xml:5
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:5 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:5
#: sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin.8.xml:5
msgid "SSSD Manual pages"
msgstr "SSSD 手册页面"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:13 sssd.conf.5.xml:19
msgid "sssd.conf"
msgstr "sssd.conf"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:14 sssd-ldap.5.xml:11 sssd-simple.5.xml:11
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:11 sssd-ipa.5.xml:11 sssd-ad.5.xml:11 sssd-sudo.5.xml:11
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:11 sssd-ifp.5.xml:11 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:27
#: sssd-files.5.xml:11 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:11 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:11
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:11
msgid "5"
msgstr "5"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:15 sssd-ldap.5.xml:12 sssd-simple.5.xml:12
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:12 sssd-ipa.5.xml:12 sssd-ad.5.xml:12 sssd-sudo.5.xml:12
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:12 sssd-ifp.5.xml:12 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:28
#: sssd-files.5.xml:12 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:12 sssd-kcm.8.xml:12
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:12 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:12
msgid "File Formats and Conventions"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:20
msgid "the configuration file for SSSD"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:24
msgid "FILE FORMAT"
msgstr "文件格式"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:32
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<replaceable>[section]</replaceable>\n"
"<replaceable>key</replaceable> = <replaceable>value</replaceable>\n"
"<replaceable>key2</replaceable> = <replaceable>value2,value3</replaceable>\n"
"            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:27
msgid ""
"The file has an ini-style syntax and consists of sections and parameters. A "
"section begins with the name of the section in square brackets and continues "
"until the next section begins. An example of section with single and multi-"
"valued parameters: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:39
msgid ""
"The data types used are string (no quotes needed), integer and bool (with "
"values of <quote>TRUE/FALSE</quote>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:44
msgid ""
"A comment line starts with a hash sign (<quote>#</quote>) or a semicolon "
"(<quote>;</quote>).  Inline comments are not supported."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:50
msgid ""
"All sections can have an optional <replaceable>description</replaceable> "
"parameter. Its function is only as a label for the section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:56
msgid ""
"<filename>sssd.conf</filename> must be a regular file, owned by root and "
"only root may read from or write to the file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:62
msgid "CONFIGURATION SNIPPETS FROM INCLUDE DIRECTORY"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:65
msgid ""
"The configuration file <filename>sssd.conf</filename> will include "
"configuration snippets using the include directory <filename>conf.d</"
"filename>. This feature is available if SSSD was compiled with libini "
"version 1.3.0 or later."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:72
msgid ""
"Any file placed in <filename>conf.d</filename> that ends in "
"<quote><filename>.conf</filename></quote> and does not begin with a dot "
"(<quote>.</quote>) will be used together with <filename>sssd.conf</filename> "
"to configure SSSD."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:80
msgid ""
"The configuration snippets from <filename>conf.d</filename> have higher "
"priority than <filename>sssd.conf</filename> and will override "
"<filename>sssd.conf</filename> when conflicts occur. If several snippets are "
"present in <filename>conf.d</filename>, then they are included in "
"alphabetical order (based on locale).  Files included later have higher "
"priority. Numerical prefixes (<filename>01_snippet.conf</filename>, "
"<filename>02_snippet.conf</filename> etc.) can help visualize the priority "
"(higher number means higher priority)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:94
msgid ""
"The snippet files require the same owner and permissions as <filename>sssd."
"conf</filename>. Which are by default root:root and 0600."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:101
msgid "GENERAL OPTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:103
msgid "Following options are usable in more than one configuration sections."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:107
msgid "Options usable in all sections"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:111
msgid "debug_level (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:115
msgid "debug (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:118
msgid ""
"SSSD 1.14 and later also includes the <replaceable>debug</replaceable> alias "
"for <replaceable>debug_level</replaceable> as a convenience feature. If both "
"are specified, the value of <replaceable>debug_level</replaceable> will be "
"used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:128
msgid "debug_timestamps (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:131
msgid ""
"Add a timestamp to the debug messages.  If journald is enabled for SSSD "
"debug logging this option is ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:136 sssd.conf.5.xml:173 sssd.conf.5.xml:358
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:714 sssd.conf.5.xml:729 sssd.conf.5.xml:952
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1070 sssd.conf.5.xml:2198 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1073
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1176 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1245 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1752
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1817 sssd-ipa.5.xml:347 sssd-ad.5.xml:252 sssd-ad.5.xml:366
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1200 sssd-ad.5.xml:1353 sssd-krb5.5.xml:358
msgid "Default: true"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:141
msgid "debug_microseconds (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:144
msgid ""
"Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages.  If journald is enabled "
"for SSSD debug logging this option is ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:149 sssd.conf.5.xml:652 sssd.conf.5.xml:949
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2101 sssd.conf.5.xml:2168 sssd.conf.5.xml:4244
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:313 sssd-ldap.5.xml:919 sssd-ldap.5.xml:938
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1148 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1601 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1841
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:152 sssd-ipa.5.xml:254 sssd-ipa.5.xml:662 sssd-ad.5.xml:1106
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:268 sssd-krb5.5.xml:330 sssd-krb5.5.xml:432
#: include/krb5_options.xml:163
msgid "Default: false"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:154
msgid "debug_backtrace_enabled (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:157
msgid "Enable debug backtrace."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:160
msgid ""
"In case SSSD is run with debug_level less than 9, everything is logged to a "
"ring buffer in memory and flushed to a log file on any error up to and "
"including `min(0x0040, debug_level)` (i.e. if debug_level is explicitly set "
"to 0 or 1 then only those error levels will trigger backtrace, otherwise up "
"to 2)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:169
msgid ""
"Feature is only supported for `logger == files` (i.e.  setting doesn't have "
"effect for other logger types)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?)
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:109 sssd.conf.5.xml:184 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1658
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1864 sss-certmap.5.xml:645 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:82
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:143 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:236 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:274
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:330 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:40
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:661 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:803
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:892 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:989
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1047 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1205
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1250 include/autofs_attributes.xml:1
#: include/krb5_options.xml:1
msgid "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:182
msgid "Options usable in SERVICE and DOMAIN sections"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:186
msgid "timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:189
msgid ""
"Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service. This is used to "
"ensure that the process is alive and capable of answering requests. Note "
"that after three missed heartbeats the process will terminate itself."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:196 sssd.conf.5.xml:1290 sssd.conf.5.xml:1767
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4260 sssd-ldap.5.xml:766 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:270
msgid "Default: 10"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:206
msgid "SPECIAL SECTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:209
msgid "The [sssd] section"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:218
msgid "Section parameters"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:220
msgid "config_file_version (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:223
msgid ""
"Indicates what is the syntax of the config file. SSSD 0.6.0 and later use "
"version 2."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:229
msgid "services"
msgstr "服务"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:232
msgid ""
"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts.  "
"<phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> The services' list is optional on "
"platforms where systemd is supported, as they will either be socket or D-Bus "
"activated when needed.  </phrase>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:241
msgid ""
"Supported services: nss, pam <phrase condition=\"with_sudo\">, sudo</phrase> "
"<phrase condition=\"with_autofs\">, autofs</phrase> <phrase "
"condition=\"with_ssh\">, ssh</phrase> <phrase "
"condition=\"with_pac_responder\">, pac</phrase> <phrase "
"condition=\"with_ifp\">, ifp</phrase>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:249
msgid ""
"<phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> By default, all services are disabled "
"and the administrator must enable the ones allowed to be used by executing: "
"\"systemctl enable sssd-@service@.socket\".  </phrase>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:258 sssd.conf.5.xml:784
msgid "reconnection_retries (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:261 sssd.conf.5.xml:787
msgid ""
"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data "
"Provider crash or restart before they give up"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:266 sssd.conf.5.xml:792 sssd.conf.5.xml:3716
#: include/failover.xml:100
msgid "Default: 3"
msgstr "默认： 3"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:271
msgid "domains"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:274
msgid ""
"A domain is a database containing user information. SSSD can use more "
"domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't "
"start.  This parameter describes the list of domains in the order you want "
"them to be queried.  A domain name is recommended to contain only "
"alphanumeric ASCII characters, dashes, dots and underscores. '/' character "
"is forbidden."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:287 sssd.conf.5.xml:3548
msgid "re_expression (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:290
msgid ""
"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing "
"user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:295
msgid ""
"Each domain can have an individual regular expression configured. For some "
"ID providers there are also default regular expressions. See DOMAIN SECTIONS "
"for more info on these regular expressions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:304 sssd.conf.5.xml:3605
msgid "full_name_format (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:307 sssd.conf.5.xml:3608
msgid ""
"A <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>printf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>-compatible format that describes how to compose a "
"fully qualified name from user name and domain name components."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:318 sssd.conf.5.xml:3619
msgid "%1$s"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:319 sssd.conf.5.xml:3620
msgid "user name"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:322 sssd.conf.5.xml:3623
msgid "%2$s"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:325 sssd.conf.5.xml:3626
msgid "domain name as specified in the SSSD config file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:331 sssd.conf.5.xml:3632
msgid "%3$s"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:334 sssd.conf.5.xml:3635
msgid ""
"domain flat name. Mostly usable for Active Directory domains, both directly "
"configured or discovered via IPA trusts."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:315 sssd.conf.5.xml:3616
msgid ""
"The following expansions are supported: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" "
"id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:344
msgid ""
"Each domain can have an individual format string configured.  See DOMAIN "
"SECTIONS for more info on this option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:350
msgid "monitor_resolv_conf (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:353
msgid ""
"Controls if SSSD should monitor the state of resolv.conf to identify when it "
"needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:363
msgid "try_inotify (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:366
msgid ""
"By default, SSSD will attempt to use inotify to monitor configuration files "
"changes and will fall back to polling every five seconds if inotify cannot "
"be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:372
msgid ""
"There are some limited situations where it is preferred that we should skip "
"even trying to use inotify. In these rare cases, this option should be set "
"to 'false'"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:378
msgid ""
"Default: true on platforms where inotify is supported. False on other "
"platforms."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:382
msgid ""
"Note: this option will have no effect on platforms where inotify is "
"unavailable. On these platforms, polling will always be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:389
msgid "krb5_rcache_dir (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:392
msgid ""
"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache "
"files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:396
msgid ""
"This option accepts a special value __LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ that will instruct "
"SSSD to let libkrb5 decide the appropriate location for the replay cache."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:402
msgid ""
"Default: Distribution-specific and specified at build-time. "
"(__LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ if not configured)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:409
msgid "user (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:412
msgid ""
"The user to drop the privileges to where appropriate to avoid running as the "
"root user.  Currently the only supported value is '&sssd_user_name;'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:419
msgid ""
"This option does not work when running socket-activated services, as the "
"user set up to run the processes is set up during compilation time.  The way "
"to override the systemd unit files is by creating the appropriate files in /"
"etc/systemd/system/.  Keep in mind that any change in the socket user, group "
"or permissions may result in a non-usable SSSD. The same may occur in case "
"of changes of the user running the NSS responder."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:433
msgid "Default: not set, process will run as root"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:438
msgid "default_domain_suffix (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:441
msgid ""
"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a "
"domain name component. The main use case is environments where the primary "
"domain is intended for managing host policies and all users are located in a "
"trusted domain.  The option allows those users to log in just with their "
"user name without giving a domain name as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:451
msgid ""
"Please note that if this option is set all users from the primary domain "
"have to use their fully qualified name, e.g. user@domain.name, to log in. "
"Setting this option changes default of use_fully_qualified_names to True. It "
"is not allowed to use this option together with use_fully_qualified_names "
"set to False.  <phrase condition=\"with_files_provider\"> One exception from "
"this rule are domains with <quote>id_provider=files</quote> that always try "
"to match the behaviour of nss_files and therefore their output is not "
"qualified even when the default_domain_suffix option is used.  </phrase>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:468 sssd-ldap.5.xml:877 sssd-ldap.5.xml:889
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:982 sssd-ad.5.xml:920 sssd-ad.5.xml:995 sssd-krb5.5.xml:468
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:470 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:978
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:211 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:222
#: include/krb5_options.xml:148
msgid "Default: not set"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:473
msgid "override_space (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:476
msgid ""
"This parameter will replace spaces (space bar)  with the given character for "
"user and group names.  e.g. (_). User name &quot;john doe&quot; will be "
"&quot;john_doe&quot; This feature was added to help compatibility with shell "
"scripts that have difficulty handling spaces, due to the default field "
"separator in the shell."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:485
msgid ""
"Please note it is a configuration error to use a replacement character that "
"might be used in user or group names. If a name contains the replacement "
"character SSSD tries to return the unmodified name but in general the result "
"of a lookup is undefined."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:493
msgid "Default: not set (spaces will not be replaced)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:498
msgid "certificate_verification (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:506
msgid "no_ocsp"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:508
msgid ""
"Disables Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) checks. This might be "
"needed if the OCSP servers defined in the certificate are not reachable from "
"the client."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:516
msgid "soft_ocsp"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:518
msgid ""
"If a connection cannot be established to an OCSP responder the OCSP check is "
"skipped.  This option should be used to allow authentication when the system "
"is offline and the OCSP responder cannot be reached."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:528
msgid "ocsp_dgst"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:530
msgid ""
"Digest (hash) function used to create the certificate ID for the OCSP "
"request. Allowed values are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:534
msgid "sha1"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:535
msgid "sha256"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:536
msgid "sha384"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:537
msgid "sha512"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:540
msgid "Default: sha1 (to allow compatibility with RFC5019-compliant responder)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:546
msgid "no_verification"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:548
msgid ""
"Disables verification completely.  This option should only be used for "
"testing."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:554
msgid "partial_chain"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:556
msgid ""
"Allow verification to succeed even if a <replaceable>complete</replaceable> "
"chain cannot be built to a self-signed trust-anchor, provided it is possible "
"to construct a chain to a trusted certificate that might not be self-signed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:565
msgid "ocsp_default_responder=URL"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:567
msgid ""
"Sets the OCSP default responder which should be used instead of the one "
"mentioned in the certificate. URL must be replaced with the URL of the OCSP "
"default responder e.g.  http://example.com:80/ocsp."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:577
msgid "ocsp_default_responder_signing_cert=NAME"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:579
msgid ""
"This option is currently ignored. All needed certificates must be available "
"in the PEM file given by pam_cert_db_path."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:587
msgid "crl_file=/PATH/TO/CRL/FILE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:589
msgid ""
"Use the Certificate Revocation List (CRL) from the given file during the "
"verification of the certificate. The CRL must be given in PEM format, see "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>crl</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1ssl</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:602
msgid "soft_crl"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:605
msgid ""
"If a Certificate Revocation List (CRL)  is expired ignore the CRL checks for "
"the related certificates. This option should be used to allow authentication "
"when the system is offline and the CRL cannot be renewed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:501
msgid ""
"With this parameter the certificate verification can be tuned with a comma "
"separated list of options. Supported options are: <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:616
msgid "Unknown options are reported but ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:619
msgid "Default: not set, i.e. do not restrict certificate verification"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:625
msgid "disable_netlink (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:628
msgid ""
"SSSD hooks into the netlink interface to monitor changes to routes, "
"addresses, links and trigger certain actions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:633
msgid ""
"The SSSD state changes caused by netlink events may be undesirable and can "
"be disabled by setting this option to 'true'"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:638
msgid "Default: false (netlink changes are detected)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:643
msgid "enable_files_domain (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:646
msgid ""
"When this option is enabled, SSSD prepends an implicit domain with "
"<quote>id_provider=files</quote> before any explicitly configured domains."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:657
msgid "domain_resolution_order"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:660
msgid ""
"Comma separated list of domains and subdomains representing the lookup order "
"that will be followed.  The list doesn't have to include all possible "
"domains as the missing domains will be looked up based on the order they're "
"presented in the <quote>domains</quote> configuration option.  The "
"subdomains which are not listed as part of <quote>lookup_order</quote> will "
"be looked up in a random order for each parent domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:672
msgid ""
"Please, note that when this option is set the output format of all commands "
"is always fully-qualified even when using short names for input <phrase "
"condition=\"with_files_provider\"> , for all users but the ones managed by "
"the files provider </phrase>.  In case the administrator wants the output "
"not fully-qualified, the full_name_format option can be used as shown below: "
"<quote>full_name_format=%1$s</quote> However, keep in mind that during "
"login, login applications often canonicalize the username by calling "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getpwnam</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> which, if a shortname is returned for a qualified "
"input (while trying to reach a user which exists in multiple domains) might "
"re-route the login attempt into the domain which uses shortnames, making "
"this workaround totally not recommended in cases where usernames may overlap "
"between domains."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:700 sssd.conf.5.xml:1791 sssd.conf.5.xml:4310
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:187 sssd-ad.5.xml:327 sssd-ad.5.xml:341
msgid "Default: Not set"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:705
msgid "implicit_pac_responder (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:708
msgid ""
"The PAC responder is enabled automatically for the IPA and AD provider to "
"evaluate and check the PAC. If it has to be disabled set this option to "
"'false'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:719
msgid "core_dumpable (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:722
msgid ""
"This option can be used for general system hardening: setting it to 'false' "
"forbids core dumps for all SSSD processes to avoid leaking plain text "
"passwords. See man page prctl:PR_SET_DUMPABLE for details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:734
msgid "passkey_verification (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:742
msgid "user_verification (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:744
msgid ""
"Enable or disable the user verification (i.e. PIN, fingerprint)  during "
"authentication. If enabled, the PIN will always be requested."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:750
msgid ""
"The default is that the key settings decide what to do. In the IPA or "
"kerberos pre-authentication case, this value will be overwritten by the "
"server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:737
msgid ""
"With this parameter the passkey verification can be tuned with a comma "
"separated list of options. Supported options are: <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:211
msgid ""
"Individual pieces of SSSD functionality are provided by special SSSD "
"services that are started and stopped together with SSSD.  The services are "
"managed by a special service frequently called <quote>monitor</quote>. The "
"<quote>[sssd]</quote> section is used to configure the monitor as well as "
"some other important options like the identity domains.  <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:769
msgid "SERVICES SECTIONS"
msgstr "服务部分"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:771
msgid ""
"Settings that can be used to configure different services are described in "
"this section. They should reside in the [<replaceable>$NAME</replaceable>] "
"section, for example, for NSS service, the section would be <quote>[nss]</"
"quote>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:778
msgid "General service configuration options"
msgstr "基本服务配置选项"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:780
msgid "These options can be used to configure any service."
msgstr "这些选项可被用于配置任何服务。"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:797
msgid "fd_limit"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:800
msgid ""
"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be "
"opened at one time by this SSSD process. On systems where SSSD is granted "
"the CAP_SYS_RESOURCE capability, this will be an absolute setting. On "
"systems without this capability, the resulting value will be the lower value "
"of this or the limits.conf \"hard\" limit."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:809
msgid "Default: 8192 (or limits.conf \"hard\" limit)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:814
msgid "client_idle_timeout"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:817
msgid ""
"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process "
"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it. This value is "
"limited in order to avoid resource exhaustion on the system. The timeout "
"can't be shorter than 10 seconds. If a lower value is configured, it will be "
"adjusted to 10 seconds."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:826
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default: 3"
msgid "Default: 60, KCM: 300"
msgstr "默认： 3"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:831
msgid "offline_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:834
msgid ""
"When SSSD switches to offline mode the amount of time before it tries to go "
"back online will increase based upon the time spent disconnected.  By "
"default SSSD uses incremental behaviour to calculate delay in between "
"retries.  So, the wait time for a given retry will be longer than the wait "
"time for the previous ones.  After each unsuccessful attempt to go online, "
"the new interval is recalculated by the following:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:845 sssd.conf.5.xml:901
msgid ""
"new_delay = Minimum(old_delay * 2, offline_timeout_max) + random[0..."
"offline_timeout_random_offset]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:848
msgid ""
"The offline_timeout default value is 60.  The offline_timeout_max default "
"value is 3600.  The offline_timeout_random_offset default value is 30.  The "
"end result is amount of seconds before next retry."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:854
msgid ""
"Note that the maximum length of each interval is defined by "
"offline_timeout_max (apart of random part)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:858 sssd.conf.5.xml:1201 sssd.conf.5.xml:1584
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1880 sssd-ldap.5.xml:495
msgid "Default: 60"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:863
msgid "offline_timeout_max (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:866
msgid ""
"Controls by how much the time between attempts to go online can be "
"incremented following unsuccessful attempts to go online."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:871
msgid "A value of 0 disables the incrementing behaviour."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:874
msgid ""
"The value of this parameter should be set in correlation to offline_timeout "
"parameter value."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:878
msgid ""
"With offline_timeout set to 60 (default value) there is no point in setting "
"offlinet_timeout_max to less than 120 as it will saturate instantly. General "
"rule here should be to set offline_timeout_max to at least 4 times "
"offline_timeout."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:884
msgid ""
"Although a value between 0 and offline_timeout may be specified, it has the "
"effect of overriding the offline_timeout value so is of little use."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:889
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default: 3"
msgid "Default: 3600"
msgstr "默认： 3"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:894
msgid "offline_timeout_random_offset (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:897
msgid ""
"When SSSD is in offline mode it keeps probing backend servers in specified "
"time intervals:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:904
msgid ""
"This parameter controls the value of the random offset used for the above "
"equation. Final random_offset value will be random number in range:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:909
msgid "[0 - offline_timeout_random_offset]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:912
msgid "A value of 0 disables the random offset addition."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:915
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default: 3"
msgid "Default: 30"
msgstr "默认： 3"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:920
msgid "responder_idle_timeout"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:923
msgid ""
"This option specifies the number of seconds that an SSSD responder process "
"can be up without being used. This value is limited in order to avoid "
"resource exhaustion on the system.  The minimum acceptable value for this "
"option is 60 seconds.  Setting this option to 0 (zero) means that no timeout "
"will be set up to the responder.  This option only has effect when SSSD is "
"built with systemd support and when services are either socket or D-Bus "
"activated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:937 sssd.conf.5.xml:1214 sssd.conf.5.xml:2322
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:332
msgid "Default: 300"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:942
msgid "cache_first"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:945
msgid ""
"This option specifies whether the responder should query all caches before "
"querying the Data Providers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:960
msgid "NSS configuration options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:962
msgid ""
"These options can be used to configure the Name Service Switch (NSS) service."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:967
msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:970
msgid ""
"How many seconds should nss_sss cache enumerations (requests for info about "
"all users)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:974
msgid "Default: 120"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:979
msgid "entry_cache_nowait_percentage (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:982
msgid ""
"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background "
"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value "
"for the domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:988
msgid ""
"For example, if the domain's entry_cache_timeout is set to 30s and "
"entry_cache_nowait_percentage is set to 50 (percent), entries that come in "
"after 15 seconds past the last cache update will be returned immediately, "
"but the SSSD will go and update the cache on its own, so that future "
"requests will not need to block waiting for a cache update."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:998
msgid ""
"Valid values for this option are 0-99 and represent a percentage of the "
"entry_cache_timeout for each domain. For performance reasons, this "
"percentage will never reduce the nowait timeout to less than 10 seconds.  (0 "
"disables this feature)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1006 sssd.conf.5.xml:2122
msgid "Default: 50"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1011
msgid "entry_negative_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1014
msgid ""
"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits "
"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones)  "
"before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1020 sssd.conf.5.xml:1779 sssd.conf.5.xml:2146
msgid "Default: 15"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1025
msgid "local_negative_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1028
msgid ""
"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should keep local users and groups in "
"negative cache before trying to look it up in the back end again. Setting "
"the option to 0 disables this feature."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1034
msgid "Default: 14400 (4 hours)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1039
msgid "filter_users, filter_groups (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1042
msgid ""
"Exclude certain users or groups from being fetched from the sss NSS "
"database. This is particularly useful for system accounts. This option can "
"also be set per-domain or include fully-qualified names to filter only users "
"from the particular domain or by a user principal name (UPN)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1050
msgid ""
"NOTE: The filter_groups option doesn't affect inheritance of nested group "
"members, since filtering happens after they are propagated for returning via "
"NSS. E.g. a group having a member group filtered out will still have the "
"member users of the latter listed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1058
msgid "Default: root"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1063
msgid "filter_users_in_groups (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1066
msgid ""
"If you want filtered user still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1077
msgid "fallback_homedir (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1080
msgid ""
"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified "
"explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1085
msgid ""
"The available values for this option are the same as for override_homedir."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1091
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"fallback_homedir = /home/%u\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1089 sssd.conf.5.xml:1651 sssd.conf.5.xml:1670
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1747 sssd-krb5.5.xml:451 include/override_homedir.xml:66
msgid "example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1095
msgid "Default: not set (no substitution for unset home directories)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1101
msgid "override_shell (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1104
msgid ""
"Override the login shell for all users. This option supersedes any other "
"shell options if it takes effect and can be set either in the [nss] section "
"or per-domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1110
msgid "Default: not set (SSSD will use the value retrieved from LDAP)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1116
msgid "allowed_shells (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1119
msgid ""
"Restrict user shell to one of the listed values. The order of evaluation is:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1122
msgid "1. If the shell is present in <quote>/etc/shells</quote>, it is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1126
msgid ""
"2. If the shell is in the allowed_shells list but not in <quote>/etc/shells</"
"quote>, use the value of the shell_fallback parameter."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1131
msgid ""
"3. If the shell is not in the allowed_shells list and not in <quote>/etc/"
"shells</quote>, a nologin shell is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1136
msgid "The wildcard (*) can be used to allow any shell."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1139
msgid ""
"The (*) is useful if you want to use shell_fallback in case that user's "
"shell is not in <quote>/etc/shells</quote> and maintaining list of all "
"allowed shells in allowed_shells would be to much overhead."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1146
msgid "An empty string for shell is passed as-is to libc."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1149
msgid ""
"The <quote>/etc/shells</quote> is only read on SSSD start up, which means "
"that a restart of the SSSD is required in case a new shell is installed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1153
msgid "Default: Not set. The user shell is automatically used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1158
msgid "vetoed_shells (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1161
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1166
msgid "shell_fallback (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1169
msgid ""
"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1173
msgid "Default: /bin/sh"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1178
msgid "default_shell"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1181
msgid ""
"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup. "
"This option can be specified globally in the [nss] section or per-domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1187
msgid ""
"Default: not set (Return NULL if no shell is specified and rely on libc to "
"substitute something sensible when necessary, usually /bin/sh)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1194 sssd.conf.5.xml:1577
msgid "get_domains_timeout (int)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1197 sssd.conf.5.xml:1580
msgid ""
"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be "
"considered valid."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1206
msgid "memcache_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1209
msgid ""
"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be "
"valid. Setting this option to zero will disable the in-memory cache."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1217
msgid ""
"WARNING: Disabling the in-memory cache will have significant negative impact "
"on SSSD's performance and should only be used for testing."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1223 sssd.conf.5.xml:1248 sssd.conf.5.xml:1273
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1298 sssd.conf.5.xml:1325
msgid ""
"NOTE: If the environment variable SSS_NSS_USE_MEMCACHE is set to \"NO\", "
"client applications will not use the fast in-memory cache."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1231
msgid "memcache_size_passwd (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1234
msgid ""
"Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
"for passwd requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the passwd in-"
"memory cache."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1240 sssd.conf.5.xml:2971 sssd-ldap.5.xml:549
msgid "Default: 8"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1243 sssd.conf.5.xml:1268 sssd.conf.5.xml:1293
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1320
msgid ""
"WARNING: Disabled or too small in-memory cache can have significant negative "
"impact on SSSD's performance."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1256
msgid "memcache_size_group (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1259
msgid ""
"Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
"for group requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the group in-memory "
"cache."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1265 sssd.conf.5.xml:1317 sssd.conf.5.xml:3737
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:474 sssd-ldap.5.xml:526 include/failover.xml:116
#: include/krb5_options.xml:11
msgid "Default: 6"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1281
msgid "memcache_size_initgroups (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1284
msgid ""
"Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
"for initgroups requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the initgroups "
"in-memory cache."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1306
msgid "memcache_size_sid (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1309
msgid ""
"Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
"for SID related requests.  Only SID-by-ID and ID-by-SID requests are "
"currently cached in fast in-memory cache.  Setting the size to 0 will "
"disable the SID in-memory cache."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1333 sssd-ifp.5.xml:90
msgid "user_attributes (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1336
msgid ""
"Some of the additional NSS responder requests can return more attributes "
"than just the POSIX ones defined by the NSS interface. The list of "
"attributes is controlled by this option. It is handled the same way as the "
"<quote>user_attributes</quote> option of the InfoPipe responder (see "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details) but with no default values."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1349
msgid ""
"To make configuration more easy the NSS responder will check the InfoPipe "
"option if it is not set for the NSS responder."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1354
msgid "Default: not set, fallback to InfoPipe option"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1359
msgid "pwfield (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1362
msgid ""
"The value that NSS operations that return users or groups will return for "
"the <quote>password</quote> field."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1367
msgid "Default: <quote>*</quote>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1370
msgid ""
"Note: This option can also be set per-domain which overwrites the value in "
"[nss] section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1374
msgid ""
"Default: <quote>not set</quote> (remote domains), <phrase "
"condition=\"with_files_provider\"> <quote>x</quote> (the files domain), </"
"phrase> <quote>x</quote> (proxy domain with nss_files and sssd-shadowutils "
"target)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1386
msgid "PAM configuration options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1388
msgid ""
"These options can be used to configure the Pluggable Authentication Module "
"(PAM) service."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1393
msgid "offline_credentials_expiration (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1396
msgid ""
"If the authentication provider is offline, how long should we allow cached "
"logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1401 sssd.conf.5.xml:1414
msgid "Default: 0 (No limit)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1407
msgid "offline_failed_login_attempts (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1410
msgid ""
"If the authentication provider is offline, how many failed login attempts "
"are allowed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1420
msgid "offline_failed_login_delay (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1423
msgid ""
"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts "
"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1428
msgid ""
"If set to 0 the user cannot authenticate offline if "
"offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached. Only a successful online "
"authentication can enable offline authentication again."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1434 sssd.conf.5.xml:1544
msgid "Default: 5"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1440
msgid "pam_verbosity (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1443
msgid ""
"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication. "
"The higher the number to more messages are displayed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1448
msgid "Currently sssd supports the following values:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1451
msgid "<emphasis>0</emphasis>: do not show any message"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1454
msgid "<emphasis>1</emphasis>: show only important messages"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1458
msgid "<emphasis>2</emphasis>: show informational messages"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1461
msgid "<emphasis>3</emphasis>: show all messages and debug information"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1465 sssd.8.xml:63
msgid "Default: 1"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1471
msgid "pam_response_filter (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1474
msgid ""
"A comma separated list of strings which allows to remove (filter) data sent "
"by the PAM responder to pam_sss PAM module. There are different kind of "
"responses sent to pam_sss e.g. messages displayed to the user or environment "
"variables which should be set by pam_sss."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1482
msgid ""
"While messages already can be controlled with the help of the pam_verbosity "
"option this option allows to filter out other kind of responses as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1489
msgid "ENV"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1490
msgid "Do not send any environment variables to any service."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1493
msgid "ENV:var_name"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1494
msgid "Do not send environment variable var_name to any service."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1498
msgid "ENV:var_name:service"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1499
msgid "Do not send environment variable var_name to service."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1487
msgid ""
"Currently the following filters are supported: <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1506
msgid ""
"The list of strings can either be the list of filters which would set this "
"list of filters and overwrite the defaults. Or each element of the list can "
"be prefixed by a '+' or '-' character which would add the filter to the "
"existing default or remove it from the defaults, respectively. Please note "
"that either all list elements must have a '+' or '-' prefix or none. It is "
"considered as an error to mix both styles."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1517
msgid "Default: ENV:KRB5CCNAME:sudo, ENV:KRB5CCNAME:sudo-i"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1520
msgid ""
"Example: -ENV:KRB5CCNAME:sudo-i will remove the filter from the default list"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1527
msgid "pam_id_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1530
msgid ""
"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to "
"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to "
"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1536
msgid ""
"A complete PAM conversation may perform multiple PAM requests, such as "
"account management and session opening. This option controls (on a per-"
"client-application basis) how long (in seconds) we can cache the identity "
"information to avoid excessive round-trips to the identity provider."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1550
msgid "pam_pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1553 sssd.conf.5.xml:2995
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1556
msgid ""
"Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the "
"expiration time of the password.  If this information is missing, sssd "
"cannot display a warning."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1562 sssd.conf.5.xml:2998
msgid ""
"If zero is set, then this filter is not applied, i.e. if the expiration "
"warning was received from backend server, it will automatically be displayed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1567
msgid ""
"This setting can be overridden by setting <emphasis>pwd_expiration_warning</"
"emphasis> for a particular domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1572 sssd.conf.5.xml:4003 sssd-ldap.5.xml:607 sssd.8.xml:79
msgid "Default: 0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1589
msgid "pam_trusted_users (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1592
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
"allowed to run PAM conversations against trusted domains.  Users not "
"included in this list can only access domains marked as public with "
"<quote>pam_public_domains</quote>.  User names are resolved to UIDs at "
"startup."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1602
msgid "Default: All users are considered trusted by default"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1606
msgid ""
"Please note that UID 0 is always allowed to access the PAM responder even in "
"case it is not in the pam_trusted_users list."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1613
msgid "pam_public_domains (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1616
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of domain names that are accessible even "
"to untrusted users."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1620
msgid "Two special values for pam_public_domains option are defined:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1624
msgid ""
"all (Untrusted users are allowed to access all domains in PAM responder.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1628
msgid ""
"none (Untrusted users are not allowed to access any domains PAM in "
"responder.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1632 sssd.conf.5.xml:1657 sssd.conf.5.xml:1676
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1913 sssd.conf.5.xml:2733 sssd.conf.5.xml:3932
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1209
msgid "Default: none"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1637
msgid "pam_account_expired_message (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1640
msgid ""
"Allows a custom expiration message to be set, replacing the default "
"'Permission denied' message."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1645
msgid ""
"Note: Please be aware that message is only printed for the SSH service "
"unless pam_verbosity is set to 3 (show all messages and debug information)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1653
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pam_account_expired_message = Account expired, please contact help desk.\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1662
msgid "pam_account_locked_message (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1665
msgid ""
"Allows a custom lockout message to be set, replacing the default 'Permission "
"denied' message."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1672
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pam_account_locked_message = Account locked, please contact help desk.\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1681
msgid "pam_passkey_auth (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1684
msgid "Enable passkey device based authentication."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1687 sssd.conf.5.xml:1999 sssd-ad.5.xml:1271
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:76 sssd-files.5.xml:145
msgid "Default: True"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1692
msgid "passkey_debug_libfido2 (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1695
msgid "Enable libfido2 library debug messages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1698 sssd.conf.5.xml:1712 sssd-ldap.5.xml:672
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:693 sssd-ldap.5.xml:789 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1295
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:505 sssd-ad.5.xml:581 sssd-ad.5.xml:1126 sssd-ad.5.xml:1175
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:250
msgid "Default: False"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1703
msgid "pam_cert_auth (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1706
msgid ""
"Enable certificate based Smartcard authentication.  Since this requires "
"additional communication with the Smartcard which will delay the "
"authentication process this option is disabled by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1717
msgid "pam_cert_db_path (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1720
msgid "The path to the certificate database."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1723 sssd.conf.5.xml:2248 sssd.conf.5.xml:4424
msgid "Default:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1725 sssd.conf.5.xml:2250
msgid ""
"/etc/sssd/pki/sssd_auth_ca_db.pem (path to a file with trusted CA "
"certificates in PEM format)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1735
msgid "pam_cert_verification (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1738
msgid ""
"With this parameter the PAM certificate verification can be tuned with a "
"comma separated list of options that override the "
"<quote>certificate_verification</quote> value in <quote>[sssd]</quote> "
"section.  Supported options are the same of <quote>certificate_verification</"
"quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1749
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pam_cert_verification = partial_chain\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1753
msgid ""
"Default: not set, i.e. use default <quote>certificate_verification</quote> "
"option defined in <quote>[sssd]</quote> section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1760
msgid "p11_child_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1763
msgid "How many seconds will pam_sss wait for p11_child to finish."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1772
msgid "passkey_child_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1775
msgid ""
"How many seconds will the PAM responder wait for passkey_child to finish."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1784
msgid "pam_app_services (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1787
msgid ""
"Which PAM services are permitted to contact domains of type "
"<quote>application</quote>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1796
msgid "pam_p11_allowed_services (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1799
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which it will be allowed to "
"use Smartcards."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1814
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pam_p11_allowed_services = +my_pam_service, -login\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1803
msgid ""
"It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using "
"<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from "
"the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>. For example, in order "
"to replace a default PAM service name for authentication with Smartcards (e."
"g. <quote>login</quote>) with a custom PAM service name (e.g. "
"<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1818 sssd-ad.5.xml:644 sssd-ad.5.xml:753 sssd-ad.5.xml:811
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:869 sssd-ad.5.xml:947
msgid "Default: the default set of PAM service names includes:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1823 sssd-ad.5.xml:648
msgid "login"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1828 sssd-ad.5.xml:653
msgid "su"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1833 sssd-ad.5.xml:658
msgid "su-l"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1838 sssd-ad.5.xml:673
msgid "gdm-smartcard"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1843 sssd-ad.5.xml:668
msgid "gdm-password"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1848 sssd-ad.5.xml:678
msgid "kdm"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1853 sssd-ad.5.xml:956
msgid "sudo"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1858 sssd-ad.5.xml:961
msgid "sudo-i"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1863
msgid "gnome-screensaver"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1871
msgid "p11_wait_for_card_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1874
msgid ""
"If Smartcard authentication is required how many extra seconds in addition "
"to p11_child_timeout should the PAM responder wait until a Smartcard is "
"inserted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1885
msgid "p11_uri (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1888
msgid ""
"PKCS#11 URI (see RFC-7512 for details) which can be used to restrict the "
"selection of devices used for Smartcard authentication. By default SSSD's "
"p11_child will search for a PKCS#11 slot (reader)  where the 'removable' "
"flags is set and read the certificates from the inserted token from the "
"first slot found. If multiple readers are connected p11_uri can be used to "
"tell p11_child to use a specific reader."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1901
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"p11_uri = pkcs11:slot-description=My%20Smartcard%20Reader\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1905
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"p11_uri = pkcs11:library-description=OpenSC%20smartcard%20framework;slot-id=2\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1899
msgid ""
"Example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> or <placeholder "
"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"1\"/> To find suitable URI please check the "
"debug output of p11_child. As an alternative the GnuTLS utility 'p11tool' "
"with e.g. the '--list-all' will show PKCS#11 URIs as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1918
msgid "pam_initgroups_scheme"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1926
msgid "always"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1927
msgid ""
"Always do an online lookup, please note that pam_id_timeout still applies"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1931
msgid "no_session"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1932
msgid ""
"Only do an online lookup if there is no active session of the user, i.e. if "
"the user is currently not logged in"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1937
msgid "never"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1938
msgid ""
"Never force an online lookup, use the data from the cache as long as they "
"are not expired"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1921
msgid ""
"The PAM responder can force an online lookup to get the current group "
"memberships of the user trying to log in. This option controls when this "
"should be done and the following values are allowed: <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1945
msgid "Default: no_session"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1950 sssd.conf.5.xml:4363
msgid "pam_gssapi_services"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1953
msgid ""
"Comma separated list of PAM services that are allowed to try GSSAPI "
"authentication using pam_sss_gss.so module."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1958
msgid ""
"To disable GSSAPI authentication, set this option to <quote>-</quote> (dash)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1962 sssd.conf.5.xml:1993 sssd.conf.5.xml:2031
msgid ""
"Note: This option can also be set per-domain which overwrites the value in "
"[pam] section. It can also be set for trusted domain which overwrites the "
"value in the domain section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1970
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pam_gssapi_services = sudo, sudo-i\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1968 sssd.conf.5.xml:3926
msgid "Example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1974
msgid "Default: - (GSSAPI authentication is disabled)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1979 sssd.conf.5.xml:4364
msgid "pam_gssapi_check_upn"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1982
msgid ""
"If True, SSSD will require that the Kerberos user principal that "
"successfully authenticated through GSSAPI can be associated with the user "
"who is being authenticated. Authentication will fail if the check fails."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:1989
msgid ""
"If False, every user that is able to obtained required service ticket will "
"be authenticated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2004
msgid "pam_gssapi_indicators_map"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2007
msgid ""
"Comma separated list of authentication indicators required to be present in "
"a Kerberos ticket to access a PAM service that is allowed to try GSSAPI "
"authentication using pam_sss_gss.so module."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2013
msgid ""
"Each element of the list can be either an authentication indicator name or a "
"pair <quote>service:indicator</quote>. Indicators not prefixed with the PAM "
"service name will be required to access any PAM service configured to be "
"used with <option>pam_gssapi_services</option>. A resulting list of "
"indicators per PAM service is then checked against indicators in the "
"Kerberos ticket during authentication by pam_sss_gss.so. Any indicator from "
"the ticket that matches the resulting list of indicators for the PAM service "
"would grant access. If none of the indicators in the list match, access will "
"be denied. If the resulting list of indicators for the PAM service is empty, "
"the check will not prevent the access."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2026
msgid ""
"To disable GSSAPI authentication indicator check, set this option to <quote>-"
"</quote> (dash). To disable the check for a specific PAM service, add "
"<quote>service:-</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2037
msgid ""
"Following authentication indicators are supported by IPA Kerberos "
"deployments:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2040
msgid ""
"pkinit -- pre-authentication using X.509 certificates -- whether stored in "
"files or on smart cards."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2043
msgid ""
"hardened -- SPAKE pre-authentication or any pre-authentication wrapped in a "
"FAST channel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2046
msgid "radius -- pre-authentication with the help of a RADIUS server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2049
msgid ""
"otp -- pre-authentication using integrated two-factor authentication (2FA or "
"one-time password, OTP) in IPA."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2052
msgid "idp -- pre-authentication using external identity provider."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2062
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pam_gssapi_indicators_map = sudo:pkinit, sudo-i:pkinit\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2057
msgid ""
"Example: to require access to SUDO services only for users which obtained "
"their Kerberos tickets with a X.509 certificate pre-authentication (PKINIT), "
"set <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2066
msgid "Default: not set (use of authentication indicators is not required)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2074
msgid "SUDO configuration options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2076
msgid ""
"These options can be used to configure the sudo service.  The detailed "
"instructions for configuration of <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sudo</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to work with "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
"</citerefentry> are in the manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
"sudo</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2093
msgid "sudo_timed (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2096
msgid ""
"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes "
"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2108
msgid "sudo_threshold (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2111
msgid ""
"Maximum number of expired rules that can be refreshed at once. If number of "
"expired rules is below threshold, those rules are refreshed with "
"<quote>rules refresh</quote> mechanism. If the threshold is exceeded a "
"<quote>full refresh</quote> of sudo rules is triggered instead. This "
"threshold number also applies to IPA sudo command and command group searches."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2130
msgid "AUTOFS configuration options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2132
msgid "These options can be used to configure the autofs service."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2136
msgid "autofs_negative_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2139
msgid ""
"Specifies for how many seconds should the autofs responder negative cache "
"hits (that is, queries for invalid map entries, like nonexistent ones) "
"before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2155
msgid "SSH configuration options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2157
msgid "These options can be used to configure the SSH service."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2161
msgid "ssh_hash_known_hosts (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2164
msgid ""
"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts "
"file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2173
msgid "ssh_known_hosts_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2176
msgid ""
"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its "
"host keys were requested."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2180
msgid "Default: 180"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2185
msgid "ssh_use_certificate_keys (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2188
msgid ""
"If set to true the <command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</command> will return ssh "
"keys derived from the public key of X.509 certificates stored in the user "
"entry as well. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2203
msgid "ssh_use_certificate_matching_rules (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2206
msgid ""
"By default the ssh responder will use all available certificate matching "
"rules to filter the certificates so that ssh keys are only derived from the "
"matching ones. With this option the used rules can be restricted with a "
"comma separated list of mapping and matching rule names. All other rules "
"will be ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2215
msgid ""
"There are two special key words 'all_rules' and 'no_rules' which will enable "
"all or no rules, respectively. The latter means that no certificates will be "
"filtered out and ssh keys will be generated from all valid certificates."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2222
msgid ""
"If no rules are configured using 'all_rules' will enable a default rule "
"which enables all certificates suitable for client authentication.  This is "
"the same behavior as for the PAM responder if certificate authentication is "
"enabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2229
msgid ""
"A non-existing rule name is considered an error.  If as a result no rule is "
"selected all certificates will be ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2234
msgid ""
"Default: not set, equivalent to 'all_rules', all found rules or the default "
"rule are used"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2240
msgid "ca_db (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2243
msgid ""
"Path to a storage of trusted CA certificates. The option is used to validate "
"user certificates before deriving public ssh keys from them."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2263
msgid "PAC responder configuration options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2265
msgid ""
"The PAC responder works together with the authorization data plugin for MIT "
"Kerberos sssd_pac_plugin.so and a sub-domain provider. The plugin sends the "
"PAC data during a GSSAPI authentication to the PAC responder. The sub-domain "
"provider collects domain SID and ID ranges of the domain the client is "
"joined to and of remote trusted domains from the local domain controller. If "
"the PAC is decoded and evaluated some of the following operations are done:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2274
msgid ""
"If the remote user does not exist in the cache, it is created. The UID is "
"determined with the help of the SID, trusted domains will have UPGs and the "
"GID will have the same value as the UID. The home directory is set based on "
"the subdomain_homedir parameter. The shell will be empty by default, i.e. "
"the system defaults are used, but can be overwritten with the default_shell "
"parameter."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2282
msgid ""
"If there are SIDs of groups from domains sssd knows about, the user will be "
"added to those groups."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2288
msgid "These options can be used to configure the PAC responder."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2292 sssd-ifp.5.xml:66
msgid "allowed_uids (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2295
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
"allowed to access the PAC responder. User names are resolved to UIDs at "
"startup."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2301
msgid "Default: 0 (only the root user is allowed to access the PAC responder)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2305
msgid ""
"Please note that although the UID 0 is used as the default it will be "
"overwritten with this option. If you still want to allow the root user to "
"access the PAC responder, which would be the typical case, you have to add 0 "
"to the list of allowed UIDs as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2314
msgid "pac_lifetime (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2317
msgid ""
"Lifetime of the PAC entry in seconds. As long as the PAC is valid the PAC "
"data can be used to determine the group memberships of a user."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2327
msgid "pac_check (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2330
msgid ""
"Apply additional checks on the PAC of the Kerberos ticket which is available "
"in Active Directory and FreeIPA domains, if configured. Please note that "
"Kerberos ticket validation must be enabled to be able to check the PAC, i.e. "
"the krb5_validate option must be set to 'True' which is the default for the "
"IPA and AD provider. If krb5_validate is set to 'False' the PAC checks will "
"be skipped."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2344
msgid "no_check"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2346
msgid ""
"The PAC must not be present and even if it is present no additional checks "
"will be done."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2352
msgid "pac_present"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2354
msgid ""
"The PAC must be present in the service ticket which SSSD will request with "
"the help of the user's TGT. If the PAC is not available the authentication "
"will fail."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2362
msgid "check_upn"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2364
msgid ""
"If the PAC is present check if the user principal name (UPN) information is "
"consistent."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2370
msgid "check_upn_allow_missing"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2372
msgid ""
"This option should be used together with 'check_upn' and handles the case "
"where a UPN is set on the server-side but is not read by SSSD. The typical "
"example is a FreeIPA domain where 'ldap_user_principal' is set to a not "
"existing attribute name.  This was typically done to work-around issues in "
"the handling of enterprise principals. But this is fixed since quite some "
"time and FreeIPA can handle enterprise principals just fine and there is no "
"need anymore to set 'ldap_user_principal'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2384
msgid ""
"Currently this option is set by default to avoid regressions in such "
"environments. A log message will be added to the system log and SSSD's debug "
"log in case a UPN is found in the PAC but not in SSSD's cache. To avoid this "
"log message it would be best to evaluate if the 'ldap_user_principal' option "
"can be removed.  If this is not possible, removing 'check_upn' will skip the "
"test and avoid the log message."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2398
msgid "upn_dns_info_present"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2400
msgid "The PAC must contain the UPN-DNS-INFO buffer, implies 'check_upn'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2405
msgid "check_upn_dns_info_ex"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2407
msgid ""
"If the PAC is present and the extension to the UPN-DNS-INFO buffer is "
"available check if the information in the extension is consistent."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2414
msgid "upn_dns_info_ex_present"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2416
msgid ""
"The PAC must contain the extension of the UPN-DNS-INFO buffer, implies "
"'check_upn_dns_info_ex', 'upn_dns_info_present' and 'check_upn'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2340
msgid ""
"The following options can be used alone or in a comma-separated list: "
"<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2426
msgid ""
"Default: no_check (AD and IPA provider 'check_upn, check_upn_allow_missing, "
"check_upn_dns_info_ex')"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2435
msgid "Session recording configuration options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2437
msgid ""
"Session recording works in conjunction with <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>tlog-rec-session</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, a part of tlog package, to log what users see and type when "
"they log in on a text terminal.  See also <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
"session-recording</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2450
msgid "These options can be used to configure session recording."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2454 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:64
msgid "scope (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2461 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:71
msgid "\"none\""
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2464 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:74
msgid "No users are recorded."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2469 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:79
msgid "\"some\""
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2472 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:82
msgid ""
"Users/groups specified by <replaceable>users</replaceable> and "
"<replaceable>groups</replaceable> options are recorded."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2481 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:91
msgid "\"all\""
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2484 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:94
msgid "All users are recorded."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2457 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:67
msgid ""
"One of the following strings specifying the scope of session recording: "
"<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2491 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:101
msgid "Default: \"none\""
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2496 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:106
msgid "users (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2499 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:109
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of users which should have session recording enabled. "
"Matches user names as returned by NSS. I.e. after the possible space "
"replacement, case changes, etc."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2505 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:115
msgid "Default: Empty. Matches no users."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2510 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:120
msgid "groups (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2513 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:123
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of groups, members of which should have session "
"recording enabled. Matches group names as returned by NSS. I.e. after the "
"possible space replacement, case changes, etc."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2519 sssd.conf.5.xml:2551 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:129
#: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:161
msgid ""
"NOTE: using this option (having it set to anything) has a considerable "
"performance cost, because each uncached request for a user requires "
"retrieving and matching the groups the user is member of."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2526 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:136
msgid "Default: Empty. Matches no groups."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2531 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:141
msgid "exclude_users (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2534 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:144
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of users to be excluded from recording, only "
"applicable with 'scope=all'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2538 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:148
msgid "Default: Empty. No users excluded."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2543 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:153
msgid "exclude_groups (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2546 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:156
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of groups, members of which should be excluded from "
"recording. Only applicable with 'scope=all'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2558 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:168
msgid "Default: Empty. No groups excluded."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2568
msgid "DOMAIN SECTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2575 sssd.conf.5.xml:4054 sssd.conf.5.xml:4055
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4058
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2578
msgid ""
"Explicitly enable or disable the domain. If <quote>true</quote>, the domain "
"is always <quote>enabled</quote>. If <quote>false</quote>, the domain is "
"always <quote>disabled</quote>. If this option is not set, the domain is "
"enabled only if it is listed in the domains option in the <quote>[sssd]</"
"quote> section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2590
msgid "domain_type (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2593
msgid ""
"Specifies whether the domain is meant to be used by POSIX-aware clients such "
"as the Name Service Switch or by applications that do not need POSIX data to "
"be present or generated. Only objects from POSIX domains are available to "
"the operating system interfaces and utilities."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2601
msgid ""
"Allowed values for this option are <quote>posix</quote> and "
"<quote>application</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2605
msgid ""
"POSIX domains are reachable by all services. Application domains are only "
"reachable from the InfoPipe responder (see <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>) and the PAM responder."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2613
msgid ""
"NOTE: The application domains are currently well tested with "
"<quote>id_provider=ldap</quote> only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2617
msgid ""
"For an easy way to configure a non-POSIX domains, please see the "
"<quote>Application domains</quote> section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2621
msgid "Default: posix"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2627
msgid "min_id,max_id (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2630
msgid ""
"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is "
"outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2635
msgid ""
"For users, this affects the primary GID limit. The user will not be returned "
"to NSS if either the UID or the primary GID is outside the range. For non-"
"primary group memberships, those that are in range will be reported as "
"expected."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2642
msgid ""
"These ID limits affect even saving entries to cache, not only returning them "
"by name or ID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2646
msgid "Default: 1 for min_id, 0 (no limit) for max_id"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2652
msgid "enumerate (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2655
msgid ""
"Determines if a domain can be enumerated, that is, whether the domain can "
"list all the users and group it contains. Note that it is not required to "
"enable enumeration in order for secondary groups to be displayed. This "
"parameter can have one of the following values:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2663
msgid "TRUE = Users and groups are enumerated"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2666
msgid "FALSE = No enumerations for this domain"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2669 sssd.conf.5.xml:2950 sssd.conf.5.xml:3127
msgid "Default: FALSE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2672
msgid ""
"Enumerating a domain requires SSSD to download and store ALL user and group "
"entries from the remote server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2677
msgid ""
"Note: Enabling enumeration has a moderate performance impact on SSSD while "
"enumeration is running. It may take up to several minutes after SSSD startup "
"to fully complete enumerations.  During this time, individual requests for "
"information will go directly to LDAP, though it may be slow, due to the "
"heavy enumeration processing. Saving a large number of entries to cache "
"after the enumeration completes might also be CPU intensive as the "
"memberships have to be recomputed. This can lead to the <quote>sssd_be</"
"quote> process becoming unresponsive or even restarted by the internal "
"watchdog."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2692
msgid ""
"While the first enumeration is running, requests for the complete user or "
"group lists may return no results until it completes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2697
msgid ""
"Further, enabling enumeration may increase the time necessary to detect "
"network disconnection, as longer timeouts are required to ensure that "
"enumeration lookups are completed successfully.  For more information, refer "
"to the man pages for the specific id_provider in use."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2705
msgid ""
"For the reasons cited above, enabling enumeration is not recommended, "
"especially in large environments."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2713
msgid "subdomain_enumerate (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2720
msgid "all"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2721
msgid "All discovered trusted domains will be enumerated"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2724
msgid "none"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2725
msgid "No discovered trusted domains will be enumerated"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2716
msgid ""
"Whether any of autodetected trusted domains should be enumerated. The "
"supported values are: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> "
"Optionally, a list of one or more domain names can enable enumeration just "
"for these trusted domains."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2739
msgid "entry_cache_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2742
msgid ""
"How many seconds should nss_sss consider entries valid before asking the "
"backend again"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2746
msgid ""
"The cache expiration timestamps are stored as attributes of individual "
"objects in the cache. Therefore, changing the cache timeout only has effect "
"for newly added or expired entries.  You should run the <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sss_cache</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> tool in order to force refresh of entries that have already "
"been cached."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2759
msgid "Default: 5400"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2765
msgid "entry_cache_user_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2768
msgid ""
"How many seconds should nss_sss consider user entries valid before asking "
"the backend again"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2772 sssd.conf.5.xml:2785 sssd.conf.5.xml:2798
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2811 sssd.conf.5.xml:2825 sssd.conf.5.xml:2838
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2852 sssd.conf.5.xml:2866 sssd.conf.5.xml:2879
msgid "Default: entry_cache_timeout"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2778
msgid "entry_cache_group_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2781
msgid ""
"How many seconds should nss_sss consider group entries valid before asking "
"the backend again"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2791
msgid "entry_cache_netgroup_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2794
msgid ""
"How many seconds should nss_sss consider netgroup entries valid before "
"asking the backend again"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2804
msgid "entry_cache_service_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2807
msgid ""
"How many seconds should nss_sss consider service entries valid before asking "
"the backend again"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2817
msgid "entry_cache_resolver_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2820
msgid ""
"How many seconds should nss_sss consider hosts and networks entries valid "
"before asking the backend again"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2831
msgid "entry_cache_sudo_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2834
msgid ""
"How many seconds should sudo consider rules valid before asking the backend "
"again"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2844
msgid "entry_cache_autofs_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2847
msgid ""
"How many seconds should the autofs service consider automounter maps valid "
"before asking the backend again"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2858
msgid "entry_cache_ssh_host_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2861
msgid ""
"How many seconds to keep a host ssh key after refresh. IE how long to cache "
"the host key for."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2872
msgid "entry_cache_computer_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2875
msgid ""
"How many seconds to keep the local computer entry before asking the backend "
"again"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2885
msgid "refresh_expired_interval (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2888
msgid ""
"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before triggering a background "
"refresh task which will refresh all expired or nearly expired records."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2893
msgid ""
"The background refresh will process users, groups and netgroups in the "
"cache. For users who have performed the initgroups (get group membership for "
"user, typically ran at login)  operation in the past, both the user entry "
"and the group membership are updated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2901
msgid "This option is automatically inherited for all trusted domains."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2905
msgid "You can consider setting this value to 3/4 * entry_cache_timeout."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2909
msgid ""
"Cache entry will be refreshed by background task when 2/3 of cache timeout "
"has already passed.  If there are existing cached entries, the background "
"task will refer to their original cache timeout values instead of current "
"configuration value.  This may lead to a situation in which background "
"refresh task appears to not be working. This is done by design to improve "
"offline mode operation and reuse of existing valid cache entries.  To make "
"this change instant the user may want to manually invalidate existing cache."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2922 sssd-ldap.5.xml:361 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1738
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:270
msgid "Default: 0 (disabled)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2928
msgid "cache_credentials (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2931
msgid ""
"Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache. The "
"cached credentials refer to passwords, which includes the first (long term) "
"factor of two-factor authentication, not other authentication mechanisms. "
"Passkey and Smartcard authentications are expected to work offline as long "
"as a successful online authentication is recorded in the cache without "
"additional configuration."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2942
msgid ""
"Take a note that while credentials are stored as a salted SHA512 hash, this "
"still potentially poses some security risk in case an attacker manages to "
"get access to a cache file (normally requires privileged access) and to "
"break a password using brute force attack."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2956
msgid "cache_credentials_minimal_first_factor_length (int)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2959
msgid ""
"If 2-Factor-Authentication (2FA) is used and credentials should be saved "
"this value determines the minimal length the first authentication factor "
"(long term password) must have to be saved as SHA512 hash into the cache."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2966
msgid ""
"This should avoid that the short PINs of a PIN based 2FA scheme are saved in "
"the cache which would make them easy targets for brute-force attacks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2977
msgid "account_cache_expiration (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2980
msgid ""
"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before "
"being removed during a cleanup of the cache. 0 means keep forever.  The "
"value of this parameter must be greater than or equal to "
"offline_credentials_expiration."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2987
msgid "Default: 0 (unlimited)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2992
msgid "pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3003
msgid ""
"Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the "
"expiration time of the password.  If this information is missing, sssd "
"cannot display a warning. Also an auth provider has to be configured for the "
"backend."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3010
msgid "Default: 7 (Kerberos), 0 (LDAP)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3016
msgid "id_provider (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3019
msgid ""
"The identification provider used for the domain.  Supported ID providers are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3023
msgid "<quote>proxy</quote>: Support a legacy NSS provider."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3026
msgid ""
"<quote>files</quote>: FILES provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
"files</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more "
"information on how to mirror local users and groups into SSSD."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3034
msgid ""
"<quote>ldap</quote>: LDAP provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
"ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more "
"information on configuring LDAP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3042 sssd.conf.5.xml:3153 sssd.conf.5.xml:3204
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3267
msgid ""
"<quote>ipa</quote>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Identity Management provider. See "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring FreeIPA."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3051 sssd.conf.5.xml:3162 sssd.conf.5.xml:3213
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3276
msgid ""
"<quote>ad</quote>: Active Directory provider. See <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for more information on configuring Active Directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3062
msgid "use_fully_qualified_names (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3065
msgid ""
"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) "
"as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3070
msgid ""
"If set to TRUE, all requests to this domain must use fully qualified names. "
"For example, if used in LOCAL domain that contains a \"test\" user, "
"<command>getent passwd test</command> wouldn't find the user while "
"<command>getent passwd test@LOCAL</command> would."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3078
msgid ""
"NOTE: This option has no effect on netgroup lookups due to their tendency to "
"include nested netgroups without qualified names. For netgroups, all domains "
"will be searched when an unqualified name is requested."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3085
msgid ""
"Default: FALSE (TRUE for trusted domain/sub-domains or if "
"default_domain_suffix is used)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3092
msgid "ignore_group_members (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3095
msgid "Do not return group members for group lookups."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3098
msgid ""
"If set to TRUE, the group membership attribute is not requested from the "
"ldap server, and group members are not returned when processing group lookup "
"calls, such as <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getgrnam</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry> or <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>getgrgid</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>.  As an effect, <quote>getent group $groupname</quote> would "
"return the requested group as if it was empty."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3116
msgid ""
"Enabling this option can also make access provider checks for group "
"membership significantly faster, especially for groups containing many "
"members."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3122 sssd.conf.5.xml:3848 sssd-ldap.5.xml:327
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:356 sssd-ldap.5.xml:409 sssd-ldap.5.xml:469
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:490 sssd-ldap.5.xml:521 sssd-ldap.5.xml:544
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:583 sssd-ldap.5.xml:602 sssd-ldap.5.xml:626
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1053 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1086
msgid ""
"This option can be also set per subdomain or inherited via "
"<emphasis>subdomain_inherit</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3132
msgid "auth_provider (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3135
msgid ""
"The authentication provider used for the domain.  Supported auth providers "
"are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3139 sssd.conf.5.xml:3197
msgid ""
"<quote>ldap</quote> for native LDAP authentication. See <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3146
msgid ""
"<quote>krb5</quote> for Kerberos authentication. See <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3170
msgid ""
"<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3173
msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables authentication explicitly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3176
msgid ""
"Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
"authentication requests."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3182
msgid "access_provider (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3185
msgid ""
"The access control provider used for the domain.  There are two built-in "
"access providers (in addition to any included in installed backends)  "
"Internal special providers are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3191
msgid ""
"<quote>permit</quote> always allow access. It's the only permitted access "
"provider for a local domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3194
msgid "<quote>deny</quote> always deny access."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3221
msgid ""
"<quote>simple</quote> access control based on access or deny lists. See "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on configuring the simple "
"access module."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3228
msgid ""
"<quote>krb5</quote>: .k5login based access control.  See <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3235
msgid "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying access control to another PAM module."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3238
msgid "Default: <quote>permit</quote>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3243
msgid "chpass_provider (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3246
msgid ""
"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain.  "
"Supported change password providers are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3251
msgid ""
"<quote>ldap</quote> to change a password stored in a LDAP server. See "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3259
msgid ""
"<quote>krb5</quote> to change the Kerberos password. See <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3284
msgid ""
"<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying password changes to some other PAM target."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3288
msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows password changes explicitly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3291
msgid ""
"Default: <quote>auth_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
"change password requests."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3298
msgid "sudo_provider (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3301
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain.  Supported SUDO providers are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3305
msgid ""
"<quote>ldap</quote> for rules stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3313
msgid ""
"<quote>ipa</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with IPA default "
"settings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3317
msgid ""
"<quote>ad</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with AD default "
"settings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3321
msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables SUDO explicitly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3324 sssd.conf.5.xml:3410 sssd.conf.5.xml:3480
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3505 sssd.conf.5.xml:3541
msgid "Default: The value of <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3328
msgid ""
"The detailed instructions for configuration of sudo_provider are in the "
"manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-sudo</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>.  There are many configuration "
"options that can be used to adjust the behavior. Please refer to "
"\"ldap_sudo_*\" in <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3343
msgid ""
"<emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> Sudo rules are periodically downloaded in the "
"background unless the sudo provider is explicitly disabled. Set "
"<emphasis>sudo_provider = None</emphasis> to disable all sudo-related "
"activity in SSSD if you do not want to use sudo with SSSD at all."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3353
msgid "selinux_provider (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3356
msgid ""
"The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings. Note that this "
"provider will be called right after access provider ends.  Supported selinux "
"providers are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3362
msgid ""
"<quote>ipa</quote> to load selinux settings from an IPA server. See "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3370
msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching selinux settings explicitly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3373
msgid ""
"Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
"selinux loading requests."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3379
msgid "subdomains_provider (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3382
msgid ""
"The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains. This value should "
"be always the same as id_provider.  Supported subdomain providers are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3388
msgid ""
"<quote>ipa</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an IPA server. See "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3397
msgid ""
"<quote>ad</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an Active Directory "
"server. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring "
"the AD provider."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3406
msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching subdomains explicitly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3416
msgid "session_provider (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3419
msgid ""
"The provider which configures and manages user session related tasks. The "
"only user session task currently provided is the integration with Fleet "
"Commander, which works only with IPA.  Supported session providers are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3426
msgid "<quote>ipa</quote> to allow performing user session related tasks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3430
msgid ""
"<quote>none</quote> does not perform any kind of user session related tasks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3434
msgid ""
"Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can perform "
"session related tasks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3438
msgid ""
"<emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> In order to have this feature working as expected "
"SSSD must be running as \"root\" and not as the unprivileged user."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3446
msgid "autofs_provider (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3449
msgid ""
"The autofs provider used for the domain.  Supported autofs providers are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3453
msgid ""
"<quote>ldap</quote> to load maps stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3460
msgid ""
"<quote>ipa</quote> to load maps stored in an IPA server. See <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3468
msgid ""
"<quote>ad</quote> to load maps stored in an AD server. See <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for more information on configuring the AD provider."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3477
msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables autofs explicitly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3487
msgid "hostid_provider (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3490
msgid ""
"The provider used for retrieving host identity information.  Supported "
"hostid providers are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3494
msgid ""
"<quote>ipa</quote> to load host identity stored in an IPA server. See "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3502
msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables hostid explicitly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3512
msgid "resolver_provider (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3515
msgid ""
"The provider which should handle hosts and networks lookups. Supported "
"resolver providers are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3519
msgid ""
"<quote>proxy</quote> to forward lookups to another NSS library. See "
"<quote>proxy_resolver_lib_name</quote>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3523
msgid ""
"<quote>ldap</quote> to fetch hosts and networks stored in LDAP. See "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3530
msgid ""
"<quote>ad</quote> to fetch hosts and networks stored in AD. See "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring the AD "
"provider."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3538
msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching hosts and networks explicitly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3551
msgid ""
"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string "
"containing user name and domain into these components.  The \"domain\" can "
"match either the SSSD configuration domain name, or, in the case of IPA "
"trust subdomains and Active Directory domains, the flat (NetBIOS) name of "
"the domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3560
msgid ""
"Default: <quote>^((?P&lt;name&gt;.+)@(?P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]*)|(?P&lt;name&gt;"
"[^@]+))$</quote> which allows two different styles for user names:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3565 sssd.conf.5.xml:3579
msgid "username"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3568 sssd.conf.5.xml:3582
msgid "username@domain.name"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3573
msgid ""
"Default for the AD and IPA provider: <quote>^(((?P&lt;domain&gt;[^\\\\]+)\\"
"\\(?P&lt;name&gt;.+))|((?P&lt;name&gt;.+)@(?P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]+))|((?P&lt;"
"name&gt;[^@\\\\]+)))$</quote> which allows three different styles for user "
"names:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3585
msgid "domain\\username"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3588
msgid ""
"While the first two correspond to the general default the third one is "
"introduced to allow easy integration of users from Windows domains."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3593
msgid ""
"The default re_expression uses the <quote>@</quote> character as a separator "
"between the name and the domain. As a result of this setting the default "
"does not accept the <quote>@</quote> character in short names (as it is "
"allowed in Windows group names). If a user wishes to use short names with "
"<quote>@</quote> they must create their own re_expression."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3645
msgid "Default: <quote>%1$s@%2$s</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3651
msgid "lookup_family_order (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3654
msgid ""
"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when "
"performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3658
msgid "Supported values:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3661
msgid "ipv4_first: Try looking up IPv4 address, if that fails, try IPv6"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3664
msgid "ipv4_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv4 addresses."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3667
msgid "ipv6_first: Try looking up IPv6 address, if that fails, try IPv4"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3670
msgid "ipv6_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv6 addresses."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3673
msgid "Default: ipv4_first"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3679
msgid "dns_resolver_server_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3682
msgid ""
"Defines the amount of time (in milliseconds)  SSSD would try to talk to DNS "
"server before trying next DNS server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3687
msgid ""
"The AD provider will use this option for the CLDAP ping timeouts as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3691 sssd.conf.5.xml:3711 sssd.conf.5.xml:3732
msgid ""
"Please see the section <quote>FAILOVER</quote> for more information about "
"the service resolution."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3696 sssd-ldap.5.xml:645 include/failover.xml:84
msgid "Default: 1000"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3702
msgid "dns_resolver_op_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3705
msgid ""
"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait to resolve single DNS query "
"(e.g. resolution of a hostname or an SRV record)  before trying the next "
"hostname or DNS discovery."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3722
msgid "dns_resolver_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3725
msgid ""
"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the "
"internal fail over service before assuming that the service is unreachable. "
"If this timeout is reached, the domain will continue to operate in offline "
"mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3743
msgid "dns_resolver_use_search_list (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3746
msgid ""
"Normally, the DNS resolver searches the domain list defined in the "
"\"search\" directive from the resolv.conf file. This can lead to delays in "
"environments with improperly configured DNS."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3752
msgid ""
"If fully qualified domain names (or _srv_) are used in the SSSD "
"configuration, setting this option to FALSE can prevent unnecessary DNS "
"lookups in such environments."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3758
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default: 3"
msgid "Default: TRUE"
msgstr "默认： 3"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3764
msgid "dns_discovery_domain (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3767
msgid ""
"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of "
"the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3771
msgid "Default: Use the domain part of machine's hostname"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3777
msgid "failover_primary_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3780
msgid ""
"When no primary server is currently available, SSSD fail overs to a backup "
"server. This option defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait before "
"SSSD tries to reconnect to a primary server again."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3787
msgid "Note: The minimum value is 31."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3790
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default: 3"
msgid "Default: 31"
msgstr "默认： 3"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3796
msgid "override_gid (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3799
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3805
msgid "case_sensitive (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3812
msgid "True"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3815
msgid "Case sensitive. This value is invalid for AD provider."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3821
msgid "False"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3823
msgid "Case insensitive."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3827
msgid "Preserving"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3830
msgid ""
"Same as False (case insensitive), but does not lowercase names in the result "
"of NSS operations. Note that name aliases (and in case of services also "
"protocol names) are still lowercased in the output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3838
msgid ""
"If you want to set this value for trusted domain with IPA provider, you need "
"to set it on both the client and SSSD on the server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3808
msgid ""
"Treat user and group names as case sensitive.  Possible option values are: "
"<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3853
msgid "Default: True (False for AD provider)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3859
msgid "subdomain_inherit (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3862
msgid ""
"Specifies a list of configuration parameters that should be inherited by a "
"subdomain. Please note that only selected parameters can be inherited.  "
"Currently the following options can be inherited:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3868
msgid "ldap_search_timeout"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3871
msgid "ldap_network_timeout"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3874
msgid "ldap_opt_timeout"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3877
msgid "ldap_offline_timeout"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3880
msgid "ldap_enumeration_refresh_timeout"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3883
msgid "ldap_enumeration_refresh_offset"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3886
msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3889
msgid "ldap_purge_cache_offset"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3892
msgid ""
"ldap_krb5_keytab (the value of krb5_keytab will be used if ldap_krb5_keytab "
"is not set explicitly)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3896
msgid "ldap_krb5_ticket_lifetime"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3899
msgid "ldap_enumeration_search_timeout"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3902
msgid "ldap_connection_expire_timeout"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3905
msgid "ldap_connection_expire_offset"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3908
msgid "ldap_connection_idle_timeout"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3911 sssd-ldap.5.xml:401
msgid "ldap_use_tokengroups"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3914
msgid "ldap_user_principal"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3917
msgid "ignore_group_members"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3920
msgid "auto_private_groups"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3923
msgid "case_sensitive"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3928
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"subdomain_inherit = ldap_purge_cache_timeout\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3935
msgid "Note: This option only works with the IPA and AD provider."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3942
msgid "subdomain_homedir (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3953
msgid "%F"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3954
msgid "flat (NetBIOS) name of a subdomain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3945
msgid ""
"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain in "
"IPA AD trust.  See <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> for info about "
"possible values. In addition to those, the expansion below can only be used "
"with <emphasis>subdomain_homedir</emphasis>.  <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3959
msgid ""
"The value can be overridden by <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3963
msgid "Default: <filename>/home/%d/%u</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3968
msgid "realmd_tags (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3971
msgid ""
"Various tags stored by the realmd configuration service for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3977
msgid "cached_auth_timeout (int)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3980
msgid ""
"Specifies time in seconds since last successful online authentication for "
"which user will be authenticated using cached credentials while SSSD is in "
"the online mode. If the credentials are incorrect, SSSD falls back to online "
"authentication."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3988
msgid ""
"This option's value is inherited by all trusted domains. At the moment it is "
"not possible to set a different value per trusted domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3993
msgid "Special value 0 implies that this feature is disabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:3997
msgid ""
"Please note that if <quote>cached_auth_timeout</quote> is longer than "
"<quote>pam_id_timeout</quote> then the back end could be called to handle "
"<quote>initgroups.</quote>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4008
msgid "local_auth_policy (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4011
msgid ""
"Local authentication methods policy. Some backends (i.e. LDAP, proxy "
"provider) only support a password based authentication, while others can "
"handle PKINIT based Smartcard authentication (AD, IPA), two-factor "
"authentication (IPA), or other methods against a central instance. By "
"default in such cases authentication is only performed with the methods "
"supported by the backend. With this option additional methods can be enabled "
"which are evaluated and checked locally."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4023
msgid ""
"There are three possible values for this option: match, only, enable. "
"<quote>match</quote> is used to match offline and online states for Kerberos "
"methods. <quote>only</quote> ignores the online methods and only offer the "
"local ones. enable allows explicitly defining the methods for local "
"authentication. As an example, <quote>enable:passkey</quote>, only enables "
"passkey for local authentication. Multiple enable values should be comma-"
"separated, such as <quote>enable:passkey, enable:smartcard</quote>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4036
msgid ""
"The following table shows which authentication methods, if configured "
"properly, are currently enabled or disabled for each backend, with the "
"default local_auth_policy: <quote>match</quote>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4049
msgid "local_auth_policy = match (default)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4050
msgid "Passkey"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4051
msgid "Smartcard"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4054 sssd-ldap.5.xml:189
msgid "IPA"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4057 sssd-ldap.5.xml:194
msgid "AD"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4057 sssd.conf.5.xml:4060 sssd.conf.5.xml:4061
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4060
msgid "LDAP"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4065
msgid ""
"Please note that if local Smartcard authentication is enabled and a "
"Smartcard is present, Smartcard authentication will be preferred over the "
"authentication methods supported by the backend.  I.e. there will be a PIN "
"prompt instead of e.g. a password prompt."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4077
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/shadowutils]\n"
"id_provider = proxy\n"
"proxy_lib_name = files\n"
"auth_provider = none\n"
"local_auth_policy = only\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4073
msgid ""
"The following configuration example allows local users to authenticate "
"locally using any enabled method (i.e. smartcard, passkey).  <placeholder "
"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4085
msgid ""
"It is expected that the <quote>files</quote> provider ignores the "
"local_auth_policy option and supports Smartcard authentication by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4090
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default: 3"
msgid "Default: match"
msgstr "默认： 3"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4095
msgid "auto_private_groups (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4101
msgid "true"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4104
msgid ""
"Create user's private group unconditionally from user's UID number.  The GID "
"number is ignored in this case."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4108
msgid ""
"NOTE: Because the GID number and the user private group are inferred from "
"the UID number, it is not supported to have multiple entries with the same "
"UID or GID number with this option. In other words, enabling this option "
"enforces uniqueness across the ID space."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4117
msgid "false"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4120
msgid ""
"Always use the user's primary GID number. The GID number must refer to a "
"group object in the LDAP database."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4126
msgid "hybrid"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4129
msgid ""
"A primary group is autogenerated for user entries whose UID and GID numbers "
"have the same value and at the same time the GID number does not correspond "
"to a real group object in LDAP.  If the values are the same, but the primary "
"GID in the user entry is also used by a group object, the primary GID of the "
"user resolves to that group object."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4142
msgid ""
"If the UID and GID of a user are different, then the GID must correspond to "
"a group entry, otherwise the GID is simply not resolvable."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4149
msgid ""
"This feature is useful for environments that wish to stop maintaining a "
"separate group objects for the user private groups, but also wish to retain "
"the existing user private groups."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4098
msgid ""
"This option takes any of three available values: <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4161
msgid ""
"For subdomains, the default value is False for subdomains that use assigned "
"POSIX IDs and True for subdomains that use automatic ID-mapping."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4169
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/forest.domain/sub.domain]\n"
"auto_private_groups = false\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4175
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/forest.domain]\n"
"subdomain_inherit = auto_private_groups\n"
"auto_private_groups = false\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4166
msgid ""
"The value of auto_private_groups can either be set per subdomains in a "
"subsection, for example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> or "
"globally for all subdomains in the main domain section using the "
"subdomain_inherit option: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"1\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:2570
msgid ""
"These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration "
"section, that is, in a section called <quote>[domain/<replaceable>NAME</"
"replaceable>]</quote> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4190
msgid "proxy_pam_target (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4193
msgid "The proxy target PAM proxies to."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4196
msgid ""
"Default: not set by default, you have to take an existing pam configuration "
"or create a new one and add the service name here. As an alternative you can "
"enable local authentication with the local_auth_policy option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4206
msgid "proxy_lib_name (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4209
msgid ""
"The name of the NSS library to use in proxy domains. The NSS functions "
"searched for in the library are in the form of _nss_$(libName)_$(function), "
"for example _nss_files_getpwent."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4219
msgid "proxy_resolver_lib_name (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4222
msgid ""
"The name of the NSS library to use for hosts and networks lookups in proxy "
"domains. The NSS functions searched for in the library are in the form of "
"_nss_$(libName)_$(function), for example _nss_dns_gethostbyname2_r."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4233
msgid "proxy_fast_alias (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4236
msgid ""
"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second "
"lookup by ID is performed to \"canonicalize\" the name in case the requested "
"name was an alias. Setting this option to true would cause the SSSD to "
"perform the ID lookup from cache for performance reasons."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4250
msgid "proxy_max_children (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4253
msgid ""
"This option specifies the number of pre-forked proxy children. It is useful "
"for high-load SSSD environments where sssd may run out of available child "
"slots, which would cause some issues due to the requests being queued."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4186
msgid ""
"Options valid for proxy domains.  <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" "
"id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4269
msgid "Application domains"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4271
msgid ""
"SSSD, with its D-Bus interface (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>) is appealing to "
"applications as a gateway to an LDAP directory where users and groups are "
"stored. However, contrary to the traditional SSSD deployment where all users "
"and groups either have POSIX attributes or those attributes can be inferred "
"from the Windows SIDs, in many cases the users and groups in the application "
"support scenario have no POSIX attributes.  Instead of setting a "
"<quote>[domain/<replaceable>NAME</replaceable>]</quote> section, the "
"administrator can set up an <quote>[application/<replaceable>NAME</"
"replaceable>]</quote> section that internally represents a domain with type "
"<quote>application</quote> optionally inherits settings from a tradition "
"SSSD domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4291
msgid ""
"Please note that the application domain must still be explicitly enabled in "
"the <quote>domains</quote> parameter so that the lookup order between the "
"application domain and its POSIX sibling domain is set correctly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4297
msgid "Application domain parameters"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4299
msgid "inherit_from (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4302
msgid ""
"The SSSD POSIX-type domain the application domain inherits all settings "
"from. The application domain can moreover add its own settings to the "
"application settings that augment or override the <quote>sibling</quote> "
"domain settings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4316
msgid ""
"The following example illustrates the use of an application domain. In this "
"setup, the POSIX domain is connected to an LDAP server and is used by the OS "
"through the NSS responder. In addition, the application domain also requests "
"the telephoneNumber attribute, stores it as the phone attribute in the cache "
"and makes the phone attribute reachable through the D-Bus interface."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4324
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[sssd]\n"
"domains = appdom, posixdom\n"
"\n"
"[ifp]\n"
"user_attributes = +phone\n"
"\n"
"[domain/posixdom]\n"
"id_provider = ldap\n"
"ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
"ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
"\n"
"[application/appdom]\n"
"inherit_from = posixdom\n"
"ldap_user_extra_attrs = phone:telephoneNumber\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4344
msgid "TRUSTED DOMAIN SECTION"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4346
msgid ""
"Some options used in the domain section can also be used in the trusted "
"domain section, that is, in a section called <quote>[domain/"
"<replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable>/<replaceable>TRUSTED_DOMAIN_NAME</"
"replaceable>]</quote>.  Where DOMAIN_NAME is the actual joined-to base "
"domain. Please refer to examples below for explanation.  Currently supported "
"options in the trusted domain section are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4353
msgid "ldap_search_base,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4354
msgid "ldap_user_search_base,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4355
msgid "ldap_group_search_base,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4356
msgid "ldap_netgroup_search_base,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4357
msgid "ldap_service_search_base,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4358
msgid "ldap_sasl_mech,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4359
msgid "ad_server,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4360
msgid "ad_backup_server,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4361
msgid "ad_site,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4362 sssd-ipa.5.xml:884
msgid "use_fully_qualified_names"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4366
msgid ""
"For more details about these options see their individual description in the "
"manual page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4372
msgid "CERTIFICATE MAPPING SECTION"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4374
msgid ""
"To allow authentication with Smartcards and certificates SSSD must be able "
"to map certificates to users. This can be done by adding the full "
"certificate to the LDAP object of the user or to a local override. While "
"using the full certificate is required to use the Smartcard authentication "
"feature of SSH (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details) it "
"might be cumbersome or not even possible to do this for the general case "
"where local services use PAM for authentication."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4388
msgid ""
"To make the mapping more flexible mapping and matching rules were added to "
"SSSD (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss-certmap</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4397
msgid ""
"A mapping and matching rule can be added to the SSSD configuration in a "
"section on its own with a name like <quote>[certmap/"
"<replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable>/<replaceable>RULE_NAME</"
"replaceable>]</quote>.  In this section the following options are allowed:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4404
msgid "matchrule (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4407
msgid ""
"Only certificates from the Smartcard which matches this rule will be "
"processed, all others are ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4411
msgid ""
"Default: KRB5:&lt;EKU&gt;clientAuth, i.e. only certificates which have the "
"Extended Key Usage <quote>clientAuth</quote>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4418
msgid "maprule (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4421
msgid "Defines how the user is found for a given certificate."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4427
msgid ""
"LDAP:(userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})  for LDAP based providers like "
"<quote>ldap</quote>, <quote>AD</quote> or <quote>ipa</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4433
msgid ""
"The RULE_NAME for the <quote>files</quote> provider which tries to find a "
"user with the same name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4442
msgid "domains (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4445
msgid ""
"Comma separated list of domain names the rule should be applied. By default "
"a rule is only valid in the domain configured in sssd.conf. If the provider "
"supports subdomains this option can be used to add the rule to subdomains as "
"well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4452
msgid "Default: the configured domain in sssd.conf"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4457
msgid "priority (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4460
msgid ""
"Unsigned integer value defining the priority of the rule. The higher the "
"number the lower the priority.  <quote>0</quote> stands for the highest "
"priority while <quote>4294967295</quote> is the lowest."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4466
msgid "Default: the lowest priority"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4472
msgid ""
"To make the configuration simple and reduce the amount of configuration "
"options the <quote>files</quote> provider has some special properties:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4478
msgid ""
"if maprule is not set the RULE_NAME name is assumed to be the name of the "
"matching user"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4484
msgid ""
"if a maprule is used both a single user name or a template like "
"<quote>{subject_rfc822_name.short_name}</quote> must be in braces like e.g. "
"<quote>(username)</quote> or <quote>({subject_rfc822_name.short_name})</"
"quote>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4493
msgid "the <quote>domains</quote> option is ignored"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4501
msgid "PROMPTING CONFIGURATION SECTION"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4503
msgid ""
"If a special file (<filename>/var/lib/sss/pubconf/pam_preauth_available</"
"filename>)  exists SSSD's PAM module pam_sss will ask SSSD to figure out "
"which authentication methods are available for the user trying to log in.  "
"Based on the results pam_sss will prompt the user for appropriate "
"credentials."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4511
msgid ""
"With the growing number of authentication methods and the possibility that "
"there are multiple ones for a single user the heuristic used by pam_sss to "
"select the prompting might not be suitable for all use cases. The following "
"options should provide a better flexibility here."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4523
msgid "[prompting/password]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4526
msgid "password_prompt"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4527
msgid "to change the string of the password prompt"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4525
msgid ""
"to configure password prompting, allowed options are: <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4535
msgid "[prompting/2fa]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4539
msgid "first_prompt"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4540
msgid "to change the string of the prompt for the first factor"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4543
msgid "second_prompt"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4544
msgid "to change the string of the prompt for the second factor"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4547
msgid "single_prompt"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4548
msgid ""
"boolean value, if True there will be only a single prompt using the value of "
"first_prompt where it is expected that both factors are entered as a single "
"string. Please note that both factors have to be entered here, even if the "
"second factor is optional."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4537
msgid ""
"to configure two-factor authentication prompting, allowed options are: "
"<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> If the second factor is "
"optional and it should be possible to log in either only with the password "
"or with both factors two-step prompting has to be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4565
msgid "[prompting/passkey]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4571 sssd-ad.5.xml:1021
msgid "interactive"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4573
msgid ""
"boolean value, if True prompt a message and wait before testing the presence "
"of a passkey device.  Recommended if your device doesn’t have a tactile "
"trigger."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4581
msgid "interactive_prompt"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4583
msgid "to change the message of the interactive prompt."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4588
msgid "touch"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4590
msgid ""
"boolean value, if True prompt a message to remind the user to touch the "
"device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4596
msgid "touch_prompt"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4598
msgid "to change the message of the touch prompt."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4567
msgid ""
"to configure passkey authentication prompting, allowed options are: "
"<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4518
msgid ""
"Each supported authentication method has its own configuration subsection "
"under <quote>[prompting/...]</quote>. Currently there are: <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"1\"/"
"> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"2\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4609
msgid ""
"It is possible to add a subsection for specific PAM services, e.g. "
"<quote>[prompting/password/sshd]</quote> to individual change the prompting "
"for this service."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4616 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:157 idmap_sss.8.xml:43
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4622
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[sssd]\n"
"domains = LDAP\n"
"services = nss, pam\n"
"config_file_version = 2\n"
"\n"
"[nss]\n"
"filter_groups = root\n"
"filter_users = root\n"
"\n"
"[pam]\n"
"\n"
"[domain/LDAP]\n"
"id_provider = ldap\n"
"ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
"ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
"\n"
"auth_provider = krb5\n"
"krb5_server = kerberos.example.com\n"
"krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"cache_credentials = true\n"
"\n"
"min_id = 10000\n"
"max_id = 20000\n"
"enumerate = False\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4618
msgid ""
"1. The following example shows a typical SSSD config. It does not describe "
"configuration of the domains themselves - refer to documentation on "
"configuring domains for more details.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
"id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4655
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/ipa.com/child.ad.com]\n"
"use_fully_qualified_names = false\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4649
msgid ""
"2. The following example shows configuration of IPA AD trust where the AD "
"forest consists of two domains in a parent-child structure.  Suppose IPA "
"domain (ipa.com) has trust with AD domain(ad.com).  ad.com has child domain "
"(child.ad.com). To enable shortnames in the child domain the following "
"configuration should be used.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/"
">"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4666
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[certmap/my.domain/rule_name]\n"
"matchrule = &lt;ISSUER&gt;^CN=My-CA,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$\n"
"maprule = (userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})\n"
"domains = my.domain, your.domain\n"
"priority = 10\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.conf.5.xml:4660
msgid ""
"3. The following example shows the configuration of a certificate mapping "
"rule. It is valid for the configured domain <quote>my.domain</quote> and "
"additionally for the subdomains <quote>your.domain</quote> and uses the full "
"certificate in the search filter.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
"id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:10 sssd-ldap.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-ldap"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:17
msgid "SSSD LDAP provider"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:21 pam_sss.8.xml:63 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:30
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:20 sssd-simple.5.xml:22 sss-certmap.5.xml:21
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:21 sssd-ad.5.xml:21 sssd-sudo.5.xml:21 sssd.8.xml:29
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:30 sss_override.8.xml:30 sssd-krb5.5.xml:21
#: sss_cache.8.xml:29 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:30 sss_seed.8.xml:31
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:21 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:30
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:31 idmap_sss.8.xml:20 sssctl.8.xml:30
#: sssd-files.5.xml:21 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:21 sssd-kcm.8.xml:21
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:21 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:21
#: sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin.8.xml:20
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page describes the configuration of LDAP domains for "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
"</citerefentry>.  Refer to the <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> section of the "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for detailed syntax information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:35
msgid "You can configure SSSD to use more than one LDAP domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:38
msgid ""
"LDAP back end supports id, auth, access and chpass providers. If you want to "
"authenticate against an LDAP server either TLS/SSL or LDAPS is required. "
"<command>sssd</command> <emphasis>does not</emphasis> support authentication "
"over an unencrypted channel.  Even if the LDAP server is used only as an "
"identity provider, an encrypted channel is strongly recommended. Please "
"refer to <quote>ldap_access_filter</quote> config option for more "
"information about using LDAP as an access provider."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:50 sssd-simple.5.xml:69 sssd-ipa.5.xml:82 sssd-ad.5.xml:130
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:63 sssd-ifp.5.xml:60 sssd-files.5.xml:77
#: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:58 sssd-kcm.8.xml:202
msgid "CONFIGURATION OPTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:67
msgid "ldap_uri, ldap_backup_uri (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:70
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
"should connect in the order of preference. Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</"
"quote> section for more information on failover and server redundancy.  If "
"neither option is specified, service discovery is enabled. For more "
"information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE DISCOVERY</quote> section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:77
msgid "The format of the URI must match the format defined in RFC 2732:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:80
msgid "ldap[s]://&lt;host&gt;[:port]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:83
msgid ""
"For explicit IPv6 addresses, &lt;host&gt; must be enclosed in brackets []"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:86
msgid "example: ldap://[fc00::126:25]:389"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:92
msgid "ldap_chpass_uri, ldap_chpass_backup_uri (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:95
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user. "
"Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</quote> section for more information on "
"failover and server redundancy."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:102
msgid "To enable service discovery ldap_chpass_dns_service_name must be set."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:106
msgid "Default: empty, i.e. ldap_uri is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:112
msgid "ldap_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:115
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:119
msgid ""
"Starting with SSSD 1.7.0, SSSD supports multiple search bases using the "
"syntax:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:123
msgid "search_base[?scope?[filter][?search_base?scope?[filter]]*]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:126
msgid "The scope can be one of \"base\", \"onelevel\" or \"subtree\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:129 include/ldap_search_bases.xml:18
msgid ""
"The filter must be a valid LDAP search filter as specified by http://www."
"ietf.org/rfc/rfc2254.txt"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:133 sssd-ad.5.xml:311 sss_override.8.xml:143
#: sss_override.8.xml:240 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:453
msgid "Examples:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:136
msgid ""
"ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com (which is equivalent to)  "
"ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:141
msgid ""
"ldap_search_base = cn=host_specific,dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
"(host=thishost)?dc=example.com?subtree?"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:144
msgid ""
"Note: It is unsupported to have multiple search bases which reference "
"identically-named objects (for example, groups with the same name in two "
"different search bases). This will lead to unpredictable behavior on client "
"machines."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:151
msgid ""
"Default: If not set, the value of the defaultNamingContext or namingContexts "
"attribute from the RootDSE of the LDAP server is used. If "
"defaultNamingContext does not exist or has an empty value namingContexts is "
"used.  The namingContexts attribute must have a single value with the DN of "
"the search base of the LDAP server to make this work. Multiple values are "
"are not supported."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:165
msgid "ldap_schema (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:168
msgid ""
"Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server.  Depending on "
"the selected schema, the default attribute names retrieved from the servers "
"may vary.  The way that some attributes are handled may also differ."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:175
msgid "Four schema types are currently supported:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:179
msgid "rfc2307"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:184
msgid "rfc2307bis"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:200
msgid ""
"The main difference between these schema types is how group memberships are "
"recorded in the server.  With rfc2307, group members are listed by name in "
"the <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> attribute.  With rfc2307bis and IPA, "
"group members are listed by DN and stored in the <emphasis>member</emphasis> "
"attribute.  The AD schema type sets the attributes to correspond with Active "
"Directory 2008r2 values."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:210
msgid "Default: rfc2307"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:216
msgid "ldap_pwmodify_mode (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:219
msgid "Specify the operation that is used to modify user password."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:223
msgid "Two modes are currently supported:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:227
msgid "exop - Password Modify Extended Operation (RFC 3062)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:233
msgid "ldap_modify - Direct modification of userPassword (not recommended)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:240
msgid ""
"Note: First, a new connection is established to verify current password by "
"binding as the user that requested password change. If successful, this "
"connection is used to change the password therefore the user must have write "
"access to userPassword attribute."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:248
msgid "Default: exop"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:254
msgid "ldap_default_bind_dn (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:257
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:264
msgid "ldap_default_authtok_type (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:267
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:271
msgid "The two mechanisms currently supported are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:274
msgid "password"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:277
msgid "obfuscated_password"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:280
msgid "Default: password"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:283
msgid ""
"See the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_obfuscate</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:294
msgid "ldap_default_authtok (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:297
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:303
msgid "ldap_force_upper_case_realm (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:306
msgid ""
"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the "
"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to "
"fail. Set this option to a non-zero value if you want to use an upper-case "
"realm."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:319
msgid "ldap_enumeration_refresh_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:322
msgid ""
"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of "
"enumerated records."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:338
msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:341
msgid ""
"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups "
"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save "
"space."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:347
msgid ""
"Setting this option to zero will disable the cache cleanup operation. Please "
"note that if enumeration is enabled, the cleanup task is required in order "
"to detect entries removed from the server and can't be disabled. By default, "
"the cleanup task will run every 3 hours with enumeration enabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:367
msgid "ldap_group_nesting_level (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:370
msgid ""
"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. "
"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will "
"follow. This option has no effect on the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:377
msgid ""
"Note: This option specifies the guaranteed level of nested groups to be "
"processed for any lookup. However, nested groups beyond this limit "
"<emphasis>may be</emphasis> returned if previous lookups already resolved "
"the deeper nesting levels.  Also, subsequent lookups for other groups may "
"enlarge the result set for original lookup if re-queried."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:386
msgid ""
"If ldap_group_nesting_level is set to 0 then no nested groups are processed "
"at all. However, when connected to Active-Directory Server 2008 and later "
"using <quote>id_provider=ad</quote> it is furthermore required to disable "
"usage of Token-Groups by setting ldap_use_tokengroups to false in order to "
"restrict group nesting."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:395
msgid "Default: 2"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:404
msgid ""
"This options enables or disables use of Token-Groups attribute when "
"performing initgroup for users from Active Directory Server 2008 and later."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:414
msgid "Default: True for AD and IPA otherwise False."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:420
msgid "ldap_host_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:423
msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for host objects."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:427 sssd-ipa.5.xml:462 sssd-ipa.5.xml:481 sssd-ipa.5.xml:500
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:519
msgid ""
"See <quote>ldap_search_base</quote> for information about configuring "
"multiple search bases."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:432 sssd-ipa.5.xml:467 include/ldap_search_bases.xml:27
msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>ldap_search_base</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:439
msgid "ldap_service_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:444
msgid "ldap_iphost_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:449
msgid "ldap_ipnetwork_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:454
msgid "ldap_search_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:457
msgid ""
"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run "
"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode "
"is entered)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:463
msgid ""
"Note: this option is subject to change in future versions of the SSSD. It "
"will likely be replaced at some point by a series of timeouts for specific "
"lookup types."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:480
msgid "ldap_enumeration_search_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:483
msgid ""
"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group "
"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results "
"are returned (and offline mode is entered)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:501
msgid "ldap_network_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:504
msgid ""
"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>poll</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </citerefentry>/"
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>select</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> following a <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>connect</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:532
msgid "ldap_opt_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:535
msgid ""
"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs "
"will abort if no response is received. Also controls the timeout when "
"communicating with the KDC in case of SASL bind, the timeout of an LDAP bind "
"operation, password change extended operation and the StartTLS operation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:555
msgid "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:558
msgid ""
"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be "
"maintained. After this time, the connection will be re-established. If used "
"in parallel with SASL/GSSAPI, the sooner of the two values (this value vs. "
"the TGT lifetime)  will be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:566
msgid ""
"If the connection is idle (not actively running an operation) within "
"<emphasis>ldap_opt_timeout</emphasis> seconds of expiration, then it will be "
"closed early to ensure that a new query cannot require the connection to "
"remain open past its expiration.  This implies that connections will always "
"be closed immediately and will never be reused if "
"<emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_timeout &lt;= ldap_opt_timout</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:578
msgid ""
"This timeout can be extended of a random value specified by "
"<emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_offset</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:588 sssd-ldap.5.xml:631 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1713
msgid "Default: 900 (15 minutes)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:594
msgid "ldap_connection_expire_offset (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:597
msgid ""
"Random offset between 0 and configured value is added to "
"<emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_timeout</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:613
msgid "ldap_connection_idle_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:616
msgid ""
"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that an idle connection to an LDAP server "
"will be maintained.  If the connection is idle for more than this time then "
"the connection will be closed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:622
msgid "You can disable this timeout by setting the value to 0."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:637
msgid "ldap_page_size (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:640
msgid ""
"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. "
"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:651
msgid "ldap_disable_paging (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:654
msgid ""
"Disable the LDAP paging control. This option should be used if the LDAP "
"server reports that it supports the LDAP paging control in its RootDSE but "
"it is not enabled or does not behave properly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:660
msgid ""
"Example: OpenLDAP servers with the paging control module installed on the "
"server but not enabled will report it in the RootDSE but be unable to use it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:666
msgid ""
"Example: 389 DS has a bug where it can only support a one paging control at "
"a time on a single connection. On busy clients, this can result in some "
"requests being denied."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:678
msgid "ldap_disable_range_retrieval (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:681
msgid "Disable Active Directory range retrieval."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:684
msgid ""
"Active Directory limits the number of members to be retrieved in a single "
"lookup using the MaxValRange policy (which defaults to 1500 members). If a "
"group contains more members, the reply would include an AD-specific range "
"extension. This option disables parsing of the range extension, therefore "
"large groups will appear as having no members."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:699
msgid "ldap_sasl_minssf (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:702
msgid ""
"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum "
"security level necessary to establish the connection. The values of this "
"option are defined by OpenLDAP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:708 sssd-ldap.5.xml:724
msgid "Default: Use the system default (usually specified by ldap.conf)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:715
msgid "ldap_sasl_maxssf (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:718
msgid ""
"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the maximal "
"security level necessary to establish the connection. The values of this "
"option are defined by OpenLDAP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:731
msgid "ldap_deref_threshold (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:734
msgid ""
"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal "
"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup. If less members are missing, "
"they are looked up individually."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:740
msgid ""
"You can turn off dereference lookups completely by setting the value to 0. "
"Please note that there are some codepaths in SSSD, like the IPA HBAC "
"provider, that are only implemented using the dereference call, so even with "
"dereference explicitly disabled, those parts will still use dereference if "
"the server supports it and advertises the dereference control in the rootDSE "
"object."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:751
msgid ""
"A dereference lookup is a means of fetching all group members in a single "
"LDAP call.  Different LDAP servers may implement different dereference "
"methods. The currently supported servers are 389/RHDS, OpenLDAP and Active "
"Directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:759
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Note:</emphasis> If any of the search bases specifies a search "
"filter, then the dereference lookup performance enhancement will be disabled "
"regardless of this setting."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:772
msgid "ldap_ignore_unreadable_references (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:775
msgid ""
"Ignore unreadable LDAP entries referenced in group's member attribute. If "
"this parameter is set to false an error will be returned and the operation "
"will fail instead of just ignoring the unreadable entry."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:782
msgid ""
"This parameter may be useful when using the AD provider and the computer "
"account that sssd uses to connect to AD does not have access to a particular "
"entry or LDAP sub-tree for security reasons."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:795
msgid "ldap_tls_reqcert (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:798
msgid ""
"Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if "
"any. It can be specified as one of the following values:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:804
msgid ""
"<emphasis>never</emphasis> = The client will not request or check any server "
"certificate."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:808
msgid ""
"<emphasis>allow</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
"certificate is provided, the session proceeds normally. If a bad certificate "
"is provided, it will be ignored and the session proceeds normally."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:815
msgid ""
"<emphasis>try</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
"certificate is provided, the session proceeds normally. If a bad certificate "
"is provided, the session is immediately terminated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:821
msgid ""
"<emphasis>demand</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
"certificate is provided, or a bad certificate is provided, the session is "
"immediately terminated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:827
msgid "<emphasis>hard</emphasis> = Same as <quote>demand</quote>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:831
msgid "Default: hard"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:837
msgid "ldap_tls_cacert (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:840
msgid ""
"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate "
"Authorities that <command>sssd</command> will recognize."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:845 sssd-ldap.5.xml:863 sssd-ldap.5.xml:904
msgid ""
"Default: use OpenLDAP defaults, typically in <filename>/etc/openldap/ldap."
"conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:852
msgid "ldap_tls_cacertdir (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:855
msgid ""
"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority "
"certificates in separate individual files. Typically the file names need to "
"be the hash of the certificate followed by '.0'.  If available, "
"<command>cacertdir_rehash</command> can be used to create the correct names."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:870
msgid "ldap_tls_cert (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:873
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:883
msgid "ldap_tls_key (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:886
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:895
msgid "ldap_tls_cipher_suite (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:898
msgid ""
"Specifies acceptable cipher suites.  Typically this is a colon separated "
"list.  See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ldap.conf</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:911
msgid "ldap_id_use_start_tls (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:914
msgid ""
"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use <systemitem "
"class=\"protocol\">tls</systemitem> to protect the channel.  <emphasis>true</"
"emphasis> is strongly recommended for security reasons."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:925
msgid "ldap_id_mapping (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:928
msgid ""
"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the "
"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying "
"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:934
msgid "Currently this feature supports only ActiveDirectory objectSID mapping."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:944
msgid "ldap_min_id, ldap_max_id (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:947
msgid ""
"In contrast to the SID based ID mapping which is used if ldap_id_mapping is "
"set to true the allowed ID range for ldap_user_uid_number and "
"ldap_group_gid_number is unbound. In a setup with sub/trusted-domains this "
"might lead to ID collisions. To avoid collisions ldap_min_id and ldap_max_id "
"can be set to restrict the allowed range for the IDs which are read directly "
"from the server. Sub-domains can then pick other ranges to map IDs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:959
msgid "Default: not set (both options are set to 0)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:965
msgid "ldap_sasl_mech (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:968
msgid ""
"Specify the SASL mechanism to use.  Currently only GSSAPI and GSS-SPNEGO are "
"tested and supported."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:972
msgid ""
"If the backend supports sub-domains the value of ldap_sasl_mech is "
"automatically inherited to the sub-domains. If a different value is needed "
"for a sub-domain it can be overwritten by setting ldap_sasl_mech for this "
"sub-domain explicitly.  Please see TRUSTED DOMAIN SECTION in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:988
msgid "ldap_sasl_authid (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1000
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hostname@REALM\n"
"netbiosname$@REALM\n"
"host/hostname@REALM\n"
"*$@REALM\n"
"host/*@REALM\n"
"host/*\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:991
msgid ""
"Specify the SASL authorization id to use.  When GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO are used, "
"this represents the Kerberos principal used for authentication to the "
"directory.  This option can either contain the full principal (for example "
"host/myhost@EXAMPLE.COM) or just the principal name (for example host/"
"myhost).  By default, the value is not set and the following principals are "
"used: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> If none of them are "
"found, the first principal in keytab is returned."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1011
msgid "Default: host/hostname@REALM"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1017
msgid "ldap_sasl_realm (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1020
msgid ""
"Specify the SASL realm to use. When not specified, this option defaults to "
"the value of krb5_realm.  If the ldap_sasl_authid contains the realm as "
"well, this option is ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1026
msgid "Default: the value of krb5_realm."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1032
msgid "ldap_sasl_canonicalize (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1035
msgid ""
"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to "
"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1040
msgid "Default: false;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1046
msgid "ldap_krb5_keytab (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1049
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1058 sssd-krb5.5.xml:247
msgid "Default: System keytab, normally <filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1064
msgid "ldap_krb5_init_creds (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1067
msgid ""
"Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT).  This "
"action is performed only if SASL is used and the mechanism selected is "
"GSSAPI or GSS-SPNEGO."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1079
msgid "ldap_krb5_ticket_lifetime (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1082
msgid ""
"Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI or GSS-SPNEGO is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1091 sssd-ad.5.xml:1252
msgid "Default: 86400 (24 hours)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1097 sssd-krb5.5.xml:74
msgid "krb5_server, krb5_backup_server (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1100
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the "
"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference. "
"For more information on failover and server redundancy, see the "
"<quote>FAILOVER</quote> section. An optional port number (preceded by a "
"colon) may be appended to the addresses or hostnames.  If empty, service "
"discovery is enabled - for more information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE "
"DISCOVERY</quote> section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1112 sssd-krb5.5.xml:89
msgid ""
"When using service discovery for KDC or kpasswd servers, SSSD first searches "
"for DNS entries that specify _udp as the protocol and falls back to _tcp if "
"none are found."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1117 sssd-krb5.5.xml:94
msgid ""
"This option was named <quote>krb5_kdcip</quote> in earlier releases of SSSD. "
"While the legacy name is recognized for the time being, users are advised to "
"migrate their config files to use <quote>krb5_server</quote> instead."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1126 sssd-ipa.5.xml:531 sssd-krb5.5.xml:103
msgid "krb5_realm (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1129
msgid "Specify the Kerberos REALM (for SASL/GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO auth)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1133
msgid "Default: System defaults, see <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1139 include/krb5_options.xml:154
msgid "krb5_canonicalize (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1142
msgid ""
"Specifies if the host principal should be canonicalized when connecting to "
"LDAP server. This feature is available with MIT Kerberos >= 1.7"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1154 sssd-krb5.5.xml:336
msgid "krb5_use_kdcinfo (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1157 sssd-krb5.5.xml:339
msgid ""
"Specifies if the SSSD should instruct the Kerberos libraries what realm and "
"which KDCs to use. This option is on by default, if you disable it, you need "
"to configure the Kerberos library using the <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>krb5.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1168 sssd-krb5.5.xml:350
msgid ""
"See the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more "
"information on the locator plugin."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1182
msgid "ldap_pwd_policy (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1185
msgid ""
"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side. "
"The following values are allowed:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1190
msgid ""
"<emphasis>none</emphasis> - No evaluation on the client side. This option "
"cannot disable server-side password policies."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1195
msgid ""
"<emphasis>shadow</emphasis> - Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> style attributes to "
"evaluate if the password has expired.  Please see option "
"\"ldap_chpass_update_last_change\" as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1203
msgid ""
"<emphasis>mit_kerberos</emphasis> - Use the attributes used by MIT Kerberos "
"to determine if the password has expired. Use chpass_provider=krb5 to update "
"these attributes when the password is changed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1212
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Note</emphasis>: if a password policy is configured on server "
"side, it always takes precedence over policy set with this option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1220
msgid "ldap_referrals (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1223
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1227
msgid ""
"Please note that sssd only supports referral chasing when it is compiled "
"with OpenLDAP version 2.4.13 or higher."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1232
msgid ""
"Chasing referrals may incur a performance penalty in environments that use "
"them heavily, a notable example is Microsoft Active Directory. If your setup "
"does not in fact require the use of referrals, setting this option to false "
"might bring a noticeable performance improvement.  Setting this option to "
"false is therefore recommended in case the SSSD LDAP provider is used "
"together with Microsoft Active Directory as a backend. Even if SSSD would be "
"able to follow the referral to a different AD DC no additional data would be "
"available."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1251
msgid "ldap_dns_service_name (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1254
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1258
msgid "Default: ldap"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1264
msgid "ldap_chpass_dns_service_name (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1267
msgid ""
"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows "
"password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1272
msgid "Default: not set, i.e. service discovery is disabled"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1278
msgid "ldap_chpass_update_last_change (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1281
msgid ""
"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with "
"days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1287
msgid ""
"It is recommend to set this option explicitly if \"ldap_pwd_policy = "
"shadow\" is used to let SSSD know if the LDAP server will update "
"shadowLastChange LDAP attribute automatically after a password change or if "
"SSSD has to update it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1301
msgid "ldap_access_filter (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1304
msgid ""
"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), "
"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criteria that "
"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host. If "
"access_provider = ldap, ldap_access_order = filter and this option is not "
"set, it will result in all users being denied access.  Use access_provider = "
"permit to change this default behavior. Please note that this filter is "
"applied on the LDAP user entry only and thus filtering based on nested "
"groups may not work (e.g. memberOf attribute on AD entries points only to "
"direct parents). If filtering based on nested groups is required, please see "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1324
msgid "Example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1327
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"access_provider = ldap\n"
"ldap_access_filter = (employeeType=admin)\n"
"                        "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1331
msgid ""
"This example means that access to this host is restricted to users whose "
"employeeType attribute is set to \"admin\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1336
msgid ""
"Offline caching for this feature is limited to determining whether the "
"user's last online login was granted access permission. If they were granted "
"access during their last login, they will continue to be granted access "
"while offline and vice versa."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1344 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1400
msgid "Default: Empty"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1350
msgid "ldap_account_expire_policy (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1353
msgid ""
"With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can "
"be enabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1357
msgid ""
"Please note that it is always recommended to use server side access control, "
"i.e. the LDAP server should deny the bind request with a suitable error code "
"even if the password is correct."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1364
msgid "The following values are allowed:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1367
msgid ""
"<emphasis>shadow</emphasis>: use the value of ldap_user_shadow_expire to "
"determine if the account is expired."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1372
msgid ""
"<emphasis>ad</emphasis>: use the value of the 32bit field "
"ldap_user_ad_user_account_control and allow access if the second bit is not "
"set. If the attribute is missing access is granted. Also the expiration time "
"of the account is checked."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1379
msgid ""
"<emphasis>rhds</emphasis>, <emphasis>ipa</emphasis>, <emphasis>389ds</"
"emphasis>: use the value of ldap_ns_account_lock to check if access is "
"allowed or not."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1385
msgid ""
"<emphasis>nds</emphasis>: the values of "
"ldap_user_nds_login_allowed_time_map, ldap_user_nds_login_disabled and "
"ldap_user_nds_login_expiration_time are used to check if access is allowed. "
"If both attributes are missing access is granted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1393
msgid ""
"Please note that the ldap_access_order configuration option <emphasis>must</"
"emphasis> include <quote>expire</quote> in order for the "
"ldap_account_expire_policy option to work."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1406
msgid "ldap_access_order (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1409 sssd-ipa.5.xml:356
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options.  Allowed values are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1413
msgid "<emphasis>filter</emphasis>: use ldap_access_filter"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1416
msgid ""
"<emphasis>lockout</emphasis>: use account locking.  If set, this option "
"denies access in case that ldap attribute 'pwdAccountLockedTime' is present "
"and has value of '000001010000Z'. Please see the option ldap_pwdlockout_dn.  "
"Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' must be set for this feature to "
"work."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1426
msgid ""
"<emphasis> Please note that this option is superseded by the <quote>ppolicy</"
"quote> option and might be removed in a future release.  </emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1433
msgid ""
"<emphasis>ppolicy</emphasis>: use account locking.  If set, this option "
"denies access in case that ldap attribute 'pwdAccountLockedTime' is present "
"and has value of '000001010000Z' or represents any time in the past.  The "
"value of the 'pwdAccountLockedTime' attribute must end with 'Z', which "
"denotes the UTC time zone.  Other time zones are not currently supported and "
"will result in \"access-denied\" when users attempt to log in.  Please see "
"the option ldap_pwdlockout_dn.  Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' "
"must be set for this feature to work."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1450
msgid "<emphasis>expire</emphasis>: use ldap_account_expire_policy"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1454 sssd-ipa.5.xml:364
msgid ""
"<emphasis>pwd_expire_policy_reject, pwd_expire_policy_warn, "
"pwd_expire_policy_renew: </emphasis> These options are useful if users are "
"interested in being warned that password is about to expire and "
"authentication is based on using a different method than passwords - for "
"example SSH keys."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1464 sssd-ipa.5.xml:374
msgid ""
"The difference between these options is the action taken if user password is "
"expired:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1469 sssd-ipa.5.xml:379
msgid "pwd_expire_policy_reject - user is denied to log in,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1475 sssd-ipa.5.xml:385
msgid "pwd_expire_policy_warn - user is still able to log in,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1481 sssd-ipa.5.xml:391
msgid ""
"pwd_expire_policy_renew - user is prompted to change their password "
"immediately."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1489
msgid ""
"Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' must be set for this feature to "
"work. Also 'ldap_pwd_policy' must be set to an appropriate password policy."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1494
msgid ""
"<emphasis>authorized_service</emphasis>: use the authorizedService attribute "
"to determine access"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1499
msgid "<emphasis>host</emphasis>: use the host attribute to determine access"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1503
msgid ""
"<emphasis>rhost</emphasis>: use the rhost attribute to determine whether "
"remote host can access"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1507
msgid ""
"Please note, rhost field in pam is set by application, it is better to check "
"what the application sends to pam, before enabling this access control option"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1512
msgid "Default: filter"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1515
msgid ""
"Please note that it is a configuration error if a value is used more than "
"once."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1522
msgid "ldap_pwdlockout_dn (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1525
msgid ""
"This option specifies the DN of password policy entry on LDAP server. Please "
"note that absence of this option in sssd.conf in case of enabled account "
"lockout checking will yield access denied as ppolicy attributes on LDAP "
"server cannot be checked properly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1533
msgid "Example: cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,dc=example,dc=com"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1536
msgid "Default: cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,$ldap_search_base"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1542
msgid "ldap_deref (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1545
msgid ""
"Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search. The "
"following options are allowed:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1550
msgid "<emphasis>never</emphasis>: Aliases are never dereferenced."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1554
msgid ""
"<emphasis>searching</emphasis>: Aliases are dereferenced in subordinates of "
"the base object, but not in locating the base object of the search."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1559
msgid ""
"<emphasis>finding</emphasis>: Aliases are only dereferenced when locating "
"the base object of the search."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1564
msgid ""
"<emphasis>always</emphasis>: Aliases are dereferenced both in searching and "
"in locating the base object of the search."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1569
msgid ""
"Default: Empty (this is handled as <emphasis>never</emphasis> by the LDAP "
"client libraries)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1577
msgid "ldap_rfc2307_fallback_to_local_users (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1580
msgid ""
"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that "
"use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1584
msgid ""
"In some environments where the RFC2307 schema is used, local users are made "
"members of LDAP groups by adding their names to the memberUid attribute.  "
"The self-consistency of the domain is compromised when this is done, so SSSD "
"would normally remove the \"missing\" users from the cached group "
"memberships as soon as nsswitch tries to fetch information about the user "
"via getpw*() or initgroups() calls."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1595
msgid ""
"This option falls back to checking if local users are referenced, and caches "
"them so that later initgroups() calls will augment the local users with the "
"additional LDAP groups."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1607 sssd-ifp.5.xml:152
msgid "wildcard_limit (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1610
msgid ""
"Specifies an upper limit on the number of entries that are downloaded during "
"a wildcard lookup."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1614
msgid "At the moment, only the InfoPipe responder supports wildcard lookups."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1618
msgid "Default: 1000 (often the size of one page)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1624
msgid "ldap_library_debug_level (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1627
msgid ""
"Switches on libldap debugging with the given level.  The libldap debug "
"messages will be written independent of the general debug_level."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1632
msgid ""
"OpenLDAP uses a bitmap to enable debugging for specific components, -1 will "
"enable full debug output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1637
msgid "Default: 0 (libldap debugging disabled)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:52
msgid ""
"All of the common configuration options that apply to SSSD domains also "
"apply to LDAP domains. Refer to the <quote>DOMAIN SECTIONS</quote> section "
"of the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for full details.  Note that SSSD "
"LDAP mapping attributes are described in the <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap-attributes</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> "
"</citerefentry> manual page.  <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1647
msgid "SUDO OPTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1649
msgid ""
"The detailed instructions for configuration of sudo_provider are in the "
"manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-sudo</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1660
msgid "ldap_sudo_full_refresh_interval (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1663
msgid ""
"How many seconds SSSD will wait between executing a full refresh of sudo "
"rules (which downloads all rules that are stored on the server)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1668
msgid ""
"The value must be greater than <emphasis>ldap_sudo_smart_refresh_interval </"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1673
msgid ""
"You can disable full refresh by setting this option to 0. However, either "
"smart or full refresh must be enabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1678
msgid "Default: 21600 (6 hours)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1684
msgid "ldap_sudo_smart_refresh_interval (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1687
msgid ""
"How many seconds SSSD has to wait before executing a smart refresh of sudo "
"rules (which downloads all rules that have USN higher than the highest "
"server USN value that is currently known by SSSD)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1693
msgid ""
"If USN attributes are not supported by the server, the modifyTimestamp "
"attribute is used instead."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1697
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Note:</emphasis> the highest USN value can be updated by three "
"tasks: 1) By sudo full and smart refresh (if updated rules are found), 2) by "
"enumeration of users and groups (if enabled and updated users or groups are "
"found) and 3) by reconnecting to the server (by default every 15 minutes, "
"see <emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_timeout</emphasis>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1708
msgid ""
"You can disable smart refresh by setting this option to 0. However, either "
"smart or full refresh must be enabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1719
msgid "ldap_sudo_random_offset (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1722
msgid ""
"Random offset between 0 and configured value is added to smart and full "
"refresh periods each time the periodic task is scheduled. The value is in "
"seconds."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1728
msgid ""
"Note that this random offset is also applied on the first SSSD start which "
"delays the first sudo rules refresh. This prolongs the time when the sudo "
"rules are not available for use."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1734
msgid "You can disable this offset by setting the value to 0."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1744
msgid "ldap_sudo_use_host_filter (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1747
msgid ""
"If true, SSSD will download only rules that are applicable to this machine "
"(using the IPv4 or IPv6 host/network addresses and hostnames)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1758
msgid "ldap_sudo_hostnames (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1761
msgid ""
"Space separated list of hostnames or fully qualified domain names that "
"should be used to filter the rules."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1766
msgid ""
"If this option is empty, SSSD will try to discover the hostname and the "
"fully qualified domain name automatically."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1771 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1794 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1812
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1830
msgid ""
"If <emphasis>ldap_sudo_use_host_filter</emphasis> is <emphasis>false</"
"emphasis> then this option has no effect."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1776 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1799
msgid "Default: not specified"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1782
msgid "ldap_sudo_ip (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1785
msgid ""
"Space separated list of IPv4 or IPv6 host/network addresses that should be "
"used to filter the rules."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1790
msgid ""
"If this option is empty, SSSD will try to discover the addresses "
"automatically."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1805
msgid "ldap_sudo_include_netgroups (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1808
msgid ""
"If true then SSSD will download every rule that contains a netgroup in "
"sudoHost attribute."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1823
msgid "ldap_sudo_include_regexp (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1826
msgid ""
"If true then SSSD will download every rule that contains a wildcard in "
"sudoHost attribute."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><note><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1836
msgid ""
"Using wildcard is an operation that is very costly to evaluate on the LDAP "
"server side!"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1848
msgid ""
"This manual page only describes attribute name mapping.  For detailed "
"explanation of sudo related attribute semantics, see <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sudoers.ldap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1858
msgid "AUTOFS OPTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1860
msgid ""
"Some of the defaults for the parameters below are dependent on the LDAP "
"schema."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1866
msgid "ldap_autofs_map_master_name (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1869
msgid "The name of the automount master map in LDAP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1872
msgid "Default: auto.master"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1883
msgid "ADVANCED OPTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1890
msgid "ldap_netgroup_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1895
msgid "ldap_user_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1900
msgid "ldap_group_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><note>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1905
msgid "<note>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><note><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1907
msgid ""
"If the option <quote>ldap_use_tokengroups</quote> is enabled, the searches "
"against Active Directory will not be restricted and return all groups "
"memberships, even with no GID mapping. It is recommended to disable this "
"feature, if group names are not being displayed correctly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1914
msgid "</note>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1916
msgid "ldap_sudo_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1921
msgid "ldap_autofs_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1885
msgid ""
"These options are supported by LDAP domains, but they should be used with "
"caution. Please include them in your configuration only if you know what you "
"are doing.  <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"1\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1936 sssd-simple.5.xml:131 sssd-ipa.5.xml:930
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1391 sssd-krb5.5.xml:483 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:98
#: sssd-files.5.xml:155 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:176
msgid "EXAMPLE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1938
msgid ""
"The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and LDAP is "
"set to one of the domains in the <replaceable>[domains]</replaceable> "
"section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1944
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/LDAP]\n"
"id_provider = ldap\n"
"auth_provider = ldap\n"
"ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.mydomain.org\n"
"ldap_search_base = dc=mydomain,dc=org\n"
"ldap_tls_reqcert = demand\n"
"cache_credentials = true\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1943 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1961 sssd-simple.5.xml:139
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:938 sssd-ad.5.xml:1399 sssd-sudo.5.xml:56 sssd-krb5.5.xml:492
#: sssd-files.5.xml:162 sssd-files.5.xml:173 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:182
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:105
msgid "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1955
msgid "LDAP ACCESS FILTER EXAMPLE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1957
msgid ""
"The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and to use "
"the ldap_access_order=lockout."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1962
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/LDAP]\n"
"id_provider = ldap\n"
"auth_provider = ldap\n"
"access_provider = ldap\n"
"ldap_access_order = lockout\n"
"ldap_pwdlockout_dn = cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,dc=mydomain,dc=org\n"
"ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.mydomain.org\n"
"ldap_search_base = dc=mydomain,dc=org\n"
"ldap_tls_reqcert = demand\n"
"cache_credentials = true\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1977 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:83 sssd-simple.5.xml:148
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1414 sssd.8.xml:238 sss_seed.8.xml:163
msgid "NOTES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1979
msgid ""
"The descriptions of some of the configuration options in this manual page "
"are based on the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>ldap.conf</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page from the OpenLDAP 2.4 "
"distribution."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:11 pam_sss.8.xml:16
msgid "pam_sss"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:12 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:12 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:11
#: sssd.8.xml:11 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:11 sss_override.8.xml:11
#: sss_cache.8.xml:11 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:11 sss_seed.8.xml:11
#: idmap_sss.8.xml:11 sssctl.8.xml:11 sssd-kcm.8.xml:11
#: sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin.8.xml:11
msgid "8"
msgstr "8"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:17
msgid "PAM module for SSSD"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:22
msgid ""
"<command>pam_sss.so</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>quiet</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>forward_pass</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>use_first_pass</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>use_authtok</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>retry=N</replaceable> </"
"arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>ignore_unknown_user</replaceable> </"
"arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>ignore_authinfo_unavail</replaceable> </"
"arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>domains=X</replaceable> </arg> <arg "
"choice='opt'> <replaceable>allow_missing_name</replaceable> </arg> <arg "
"choice='opt'> <replaceable>prompt_always</replaceable> </arg> <arg "
"choice='opt'> <replaceable>try_cert_auth</replaceable> </arg> <arg "
"choice='opt'> <replaceable>require_cert_auth</replaceable> </arg>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:64
msgid ""
"<command>pam_sss.so</command> is the PAM interface to the System Security "
"Services daemon (SSSD). Errors and results are logged through "
"<command>syslog(3)</command> with the LOG_AUTHPRIV facility."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:70 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:89 sssd.8.xml:42 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:58
#: sss_cache.8.xml:39 sss_seed.8.xml:42 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:123
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:62
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "选项"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:74
msgid "<option>quiet</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:77
msgid "Suppress log messages for unknown users."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:82
msgid "<option>forward_pass</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:85
msgid ""
"If <option>forward_pass</option> is set the entered password is put on the "
"stack for other PAM modules to use."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:92
msgid "<option>use_first_pass</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:95
msgid ""
"The argument use_first_pass forces the module to use a previous stacked "
"modules password and will never prompt the user - if no password is "
"available or the password is not appropriate, the user will be denied access."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:103
msgid "<option>use_authtok</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:106
msgid ""
"When password changing enforce the module to set the new password to the one "
"provided by a previously stacked password module."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:113
msgid "<option>retry=N</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:116
msgid ""
"If specified the user is asked another N times for a password if "
"authentication fails. Default is 0."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:118
msgid ""
"Please note that this option might not work as expected if the application "
"calling PAM handles the user dialog on its own. A typical example is "
"<command>sshd</command> with <option>PasswordAuthentication</option>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:127
msgid "<option>ignore_unknown_user</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:130
msgid ""
"If this option is specified and the user does not exist, the PAM module will "
"return PAM_IGNORE. This causes the PAM framework to ignore this module."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:137
msgid "<option>ignore_authinfo_unavail</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:141
msgid ""
"Specifies that the PAM module should return PAM_IGNORE if it cannot contact "
"the SSSD daemon. This causes the PAM framework to ignore this module."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:148
msgid "<option>domains</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:152
msgid ""
"Allows the administrator to restrict the domains a particular PAM service is "
"allowed to authenticate against. The format is a comma-separated list of "
"SSSD domain names, as specified in the sssd.conf file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:158
msgid ""
"NOTE: If this is used for a service not running as root user, e.g. a web-"
"server, it must be used in conjunction with the <quote>pam_trusted_users</"
"quote> and <quote>pam_public_domains</quote> options.  Please see the "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more information on these two PAM "
"responder options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:173
msgid "<option>allow_missing_name</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:177
msgid ""
"The main purpose of this option is to let SSSD determine the user name based "
"on additional information, e.g. the certificate from a Smartcard."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:187
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"auth sufficient pam_sss.so allow_missing_name\n"
"                        "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:182
msgid ""
"The current use case are login managers which can monitor a Smartcard reader "
"for card events. In case a Smartcard is inserted the login manager will call "
"a PAM stack which includes a line like <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
"id=\"0\"/> In this case SSSD will try to determine the user name based on "
"the content of the Smartcard, returns it to pam_sss which will finally put "
"it on the PAM stack."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:197
msgid "<option>prompt_always</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:201
msgid ""
"Always prompt the user for credentials. With this option credentials "
"requested by other PAM modules, typically a password, will be ignored and "
"pam_sss will prompt for credentials again. Based on the pre-auth reply by "
"SSSD pam_sss might prompt for a password, a Smartcard PIN or other "
"credentials."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:212
msgid "<option>try_cert_auth</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:216
msgid ""
"Try to use certificate based authentication, i.e.  authentication with a "
"Smartcard or similar devices. If a Smartcard is available and the service is "
"allowed for Smartcard authentication the user will be prompted for a PIN and "
"the certificate based authentication will continue"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:224
msgid ""
"If no Smartcard is available or certificate based authentication is not "
"allowed for the current service PAM_AUTHINFO_UNAVAIL is returned."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:232
msgid "<option>require_cert_auth</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:236
msgid ""
"Do certificate based authentication, i.e.  authentication with a Smartcard "
"or similar devices. If a Smartcard is not available the user will be "
"prompted to insert one. SSSD will wait for a Smartcard until the timeout "
"defined by p11_wait_for_card_timeout passed, please see "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:246
msgid ""
"If no Smartcard is available after the timeout or certificate based "
"authentication is not allowed for the current service PAM_AUTHINFO_UNAVAIL "
"is returned."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:256 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:103
msgid "MODULE TYPES PROVIDED"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:257
msgid ""
"All module types (<option>account</option>, <option>auth</option>, "
"<option>password</option> and <option>session</option>) are provided."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:260
msgid ""
"If SSSD's PAM responder is not running, e.g. if the PAM responder socket is "
"not available, pam_sss will return PAM_USER_UNKNOWN when called as "
"<option>account</option> module to avoid issues with users from other "
"sources during access control."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:267 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:108
msgid "RETURN VALUES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:270 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:111
msgid "PAM_SUCCESS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:273 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:114
msgid "The PAM operation finished successfully."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:278 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:119
msgid "PAM_USER_UNKNOWN"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:281
msgid ""
"The user is not known to the authentication service or the SSSD's PAM "
"responder is not running."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:287 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:128
msgid "PAM_AUTH_ERR"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:290
msgid ""
"Authentication failure. Also, could be returned when there is a problem with "
"getting the certificate."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:296
msgid "PAM_PERM_DENIED"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:299
msgid ""
"Permission denied. The SSSD log files may contain additional information "
"about the error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:305
msgid "PAM_IGNORE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:308
msgid ""
"See options <option>ignore_unknown_user</option> and "
"<option>ignore_authinfo_unavail</option>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:314
msgid "PAM_AUTHTOK_ERR"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:317
msgid ""
"Unable to obtain the new authentication token. Also, could be returned when "
"the user authenticates with certificates and multiple certificates are "
"available, but the installed version of GDM does not support selection from "
"multiple certificates."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:325 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:136
msgid "PAM_AUTHINFO_UNAVAIL"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:328 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:139
msgid ""
"Unable to access the authentication information.  This might be due to a "
"network or hardware failure."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:334
msgid "PAM_BUF_ERR"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:337
msgid ""
"A memory error occurred. Also, could be returned when options use_first_pass "
"or use_authtok were set, but no password was found from the previously "
"stacked PAM module."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:344 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:145
msgid "PAM_SYSTEM_ERR"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:347 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:148
msgid ""
"A system error occurred. The SSSD log files may contain additional "
"information about the error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:353
msgid "PAM_CRED_ERR"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:356
msgid "Unable to set the credentials of the user."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:361
msgid "PAM_CRED_INSUFFICIENT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:364
msgid ""
"The application does not have sufficient credentials to authenticate the "
"user. For example, missing PIN during smartcard authentication or missing "
"factor during two-factor authentication."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:372
msgid "PAM_SERVICE_ERR"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:375
msgid "Error in service module."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:380
msgid "PAM_NEW_AUTHTOK_REQD"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:383
msgid "The user's authentication token has expired."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:388
msgid "PAM_ACCT_EXPIRED"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:391
msgid "The user account has expired."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:396
msgid "PAM_SESSION_ERR"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:399
msgid "Unable to fetch IPA Desktop Profile rules or user info."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:404
msgid "PAM_CRED_UNAVAIL"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:407
msgid "Unable to retrieve Kerberos user credentials."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:412
msgid "PAM_NO_MODULE_DATA"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:415
msgid ""
"No authentication method was found by Kerberos.  This might happen if the "
"user has a Smartcard assigned but the pkint plugin is not available on the "
"client."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:422
msgid "PAM_CONV_ERR"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:425
msgid "Conversation failure."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:430
msgid "PAM_AUTHTOK_LOCK_BUSY"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:433
msgid "No KDC suitable for password change is available."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:438
msgid "PAM_ABORT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:441
msgid "Unknown PAM call."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:446
msgid "PAM_MODULE_UNKNOWN"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:449
msgid "Unsupported PAM task or command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:454
msgid "PAM_BAD_ITEM"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:457
msgid "The authentication module cannot handle Smartcard credentials."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:465
msgid "FILES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:466
msgid ""
"If a password reset by root fails, because the corresponding SSSD provider "
"does not support password resets, an individual message can be displayed. "
"This message can e.g. contain instructions about how to reset a password."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:471
msgid ""
"The message is read from the file <filename>pam_sss_pw_reset_message.LOC</"
"filename> where LOC stands for a locale string returned by <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>setlocale</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>. If there is no matching file the content of "
"<filename>pam_sss_pw_reset_message.txt</filename> is displayed. Root must be "
"the owner of the files and only root may have read and write permissions "
"while all other users must have only read permissions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss.8.xml:481
msgid ""
"These files are searched in the directory <filename>/etc/sssd/customize/"
"DOMAIN_NAME/</filename>. If no matching file is present a generic message is "
"displayed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:11 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:16
msgid "pam_sss_gss"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:17
msgid "PAM module for SSSD GSSAPI authentication"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:22
msgid ""
"<command>pam_sss_gss.so</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>debug</"
"replaceable> </arg>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:32
msgid ""
"<command>pam_sss_gss.so</command> authenticates user over GSSAPI in "
"cooperation with SSSD."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:36
msgid ""
"This module will try to authenticate the user using the GSSAPI hostbased "
"service name host@hostname which translates to host/hostname@REALM Kerberos "
"principal. The <emphasis>REALM</emphasis> part of the Kerberos principal "
"name is derived by Kerberos internal mechanisms and it can be set explicitly "
"in configuration of [domain_realm] section in /etc/krb5.conf."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:44
msgid ""
"SSSD is used to provide desired service name and to validate the user's "
"credentials using GSSAPI calls. If the service ticket is already present in "
"the Kerberos credentials cache or if user's ticket granting ticket can be "
"used to get the correct service ticket then the user will be authenticated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:51
msgid ""
"If <option>pam_gssapi_check_upn</option> is True (default) then SSSD "
"requires that the credentials used to obtain the service tickets can be "
"associated with the user. This means that the principal that owns the "
"Kerberos credentials must match with the user principal name as defined in "
"LDAP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:58
msgid ""
"To enable GSSAPI authentication in SSSD, set <option>pam_gssapi_services</"
"option> option in [pam] or domain section of sssd.conf. The service "
"credentials need to be stored in SSSD's keytab (it is already present if you "
"use ipa or ad provider). The keytab location can be set with "
"<option>krb5_keytab</option> option. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd."
"conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more details on these options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:74
msgid ""
"Some Kerberos deployments allow to associate authentication indicators with "
"a particular pre-authentication method used to obtain the ticket granting "
"ticket by the user.  <command>pam_sss_gss.so</command> allows to enforce "
"presence of authentication indicators in the service tickets before a "
"particular PAM service can be accessed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:82
msgid ""
"If <option>pam_gssapi_indicators_map</option> is set in the [pam] or domain "
"section of sssd.conf, then SSSD will perform a check of the presence of any "
"configured indicators in the service ticket."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:93
msgid "<option>debug</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:96
msgid "Print debugging information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:104
msgid "Only the <option>auth</option> module type is provided."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:122
msgid ""
"The user is not known to the authentication service or the GSSAPI "
"authentication is not supported."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:131
msgid "Authentication failure."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:159
msgid ""
"The main use case is to provide password-less authentication in sudo but "
"without the need to disable authentication completely.  To achieve this, "
"first enable GSSAPI authentication for sudo in sssd.conf:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><programlisting>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:165
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/MYDOMAIN]\n"
"pam_gssapi_services = sudo, sudo-i\n"
"        "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:169
msgid ""
"And then enable the module in desired PAM stack (e.g. /etc/pam.d/sudo and /"
"etc/pam.d/sudo-i)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><programlisting>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:173
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"...\n"
"auth sufficient pam_sss_gss.so\n"
"...\n"
"        "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:180
msgid "TROUBLESHOOTING"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:182
msgid ""
"SSSD logs, pam_sss_gss debug output and syslog may contain helpful "
"information about the error. Here are some common issues:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:186
msgid ""
"1. I have KRB5CCNAME environment variable set and the authentication does "
"not work: Depending on your sudo version, it is possible that sudo does not "
"pass this variable to the PAM environment. Try adding KRB5CCNAME to "
"<option>env_keep</option> in /etc/sudoers or in your LDAP sudo rules default "
"options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:193
msgid ""
"2. Authentication does not work and syslog contains \"Server not found in "
"Kerberos database\": Kerberos is probably not able to resolve correct realm "
"for the service ticket based on the hostname.  Try adding the hostname "
"directly to <option>[domain_realm]</option> in /etc/krb5.conf like so:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:200
msgid ""
"3. Authentication does not work and syslog contains \"No Kerberos "
"credentials available\": You don't have any credentials that can be used to "
"obtain the required service ticket. Use kinit or authenticate over SSSD to "
"acquire those credentials."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:206
msgid ""
"4. Authentication does not work and SSSD sssd-pam log contains \"User with "
"UPN [$UPN] was not found.\" or \"UPN [$UPN] does not match target user "
"[$username].\": You are using credentials that can not be mapped to the user "
"that is being authenticated. Try to use kswitch to select different "
"principal, make sure you authenticated with SSSD or consider disabling "
"<option>pam_gssapi_check_upn</option>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><programlisting>
#: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:214
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain_realm]\n"
".myhostname = MYREALM\n"
"        "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:10 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:15
msgid "sssd_krb5_locator_plugin"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:16
msgid "Kerberos locator plugin"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:22
msgid ""
"The Kerberos locator plugin <command>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</command> is "
"used by libkrb5 to find KDCs for a given Kerberos realm. SSSD provides such "
"a plugin to guide all Kerberos clients on a system to a single KDC. In "
"general it should not matter to which KDC a client process is talking to.  "
"But there are cases, e.g. after a password change, where not all KDCs are in "
"the same state because the new data has to be replicated first. To avoid "
"unexpected authentication failures and maybe even account lockings it would "
"be good to talk to a single KDC as long as possible."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:34
msgid ""
"libkrb5 will search the locator plugin in the libkrb5 sub-directory of the "
"Kerberos plugin directory, see plugin_base_dir in <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>krb5.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for details. The plugin can only be disabled by removing the "
"plugin file. There is no option in the Kerberos configuration to disable it. "
"But the SSSD_KRB5_LOCATOR_DISABLE environment variable can be used to "
"disable the plugin for individual commands. Alternatively the SSSD option "
"krb5_use_kdcinfo=False can be used to not generate the data needed by the "
"plugin. With this the plugin is still called but will provide no data to the "
"caller so that libkrb5 can fall back to other methods defined in krb5.conf."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:50
msgid ""
"The plugin reads the information about the KDCs of a given realm from a file "
"called <filename>kdcinfo.REALM</filename>. The file should contain one or "
"more DNS names or IP addresses either in dotted-decimal IPv4 notation or the "
"hexadecimal IPv6 notation.  An optional port number can be added to the end "
"separated with a colon, the IPv6 address has to be enclosed in squared "
"brackets in this case as usual. Valid entries are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:58
msgid "kdc.example.com"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:59
msgid "kdc.example.com:321"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:60
msgid "1.2.3.4"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:61
msgid "5.6.7.8:99"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:62
msgid "2001:db8:85a3::8a2e:370:7334"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:63
msgid "[2001:db8:85a3::8a2e:370:7334]:321"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:65
msgid ""
"SSSD's krb5 auth-provider which is used by the IPA and AD providers as well "
"adds the address of the current KDC or domain controller SSSD is using to "
"this file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:70
msgid ""
"In environments with read-only and read-write KDCs where clients are "
"expected to use the read-only instances for the general operations and only "
"the read-write KDC for config changes like password changes a "
"<filename>kpasswdinfo.REALM</filename> is used as well to identify read-"
"write KDCs. If this file exists for the given realm the content will be used "
"by the plugin to reply to requests for a kpasswd or kadmin server or for the "
"MIT Kerberos specific master KDC. If the address contains a port number the "
"default KDC port 88 will be used for the latter."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:85
msgid ""
"Not all Kerberos implementations support the use of plugins. If "
"<command>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</command> is not available on your system "
"you have to edit /etc/krb5.conf to reflect your Kerberos setup."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:91
msgid ""
"If the environment variable SSSD_KRB5_LOCATOR_DEBUG is set to any value "
"debug messages will be sent to stderr."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:95
msgid ""
"If the environment variable SSSD_KRB5_LOCATOR_DISABLE is set to any value "
"the plugin is disabled and will just return KRB5_PLUGIN_NO_HANDLE to the "
"caller."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:100
msgid ""
"If the environment variable SSSD_KRB5_LOCATOR_IGNORE_DNS_FAILURES is set to "
"any value plugin will try to resolve all DNS names in kdcinfo file. By "
"default plugin returns KRB5_PLUGIN_NO_HANDLE to the caller immediately on "
"first DNS resolving failure."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:10 sssd-simple.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-simple"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:17
msgid "the configuration file for SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:24
msgid ""
"This manual page describes the configuration of the simple access-control "
"provider for <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>.  For a detailed syntax reference, "
"refer to the <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> section of the <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:38
msgid ""
"The simple access provider grants or denies access based on an access or "
"deny list of user or group names. The following rules apply:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:43
msgid "If all lists are empty, access is granted"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:47
msgid ""
"If any list is provided, the order of evaluation is allow,deny. This means "
"that any matching deny rule will supersede any matched allow rule."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:54
msgid ""
"If either or both \"allow\" lists are provided, all users are denied unless "
"they appear in the list."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:60
msgid ""
"If only \"deny\" lists are provided, all users are granted access unless "
"they appear in the list."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:78
msgid "simple_allow_users (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:81
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:88
msgid "simple_deny_users (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:91
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:97
msgid "simple_allow_groups (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:100
msgid ""
"Comma separated list of groups that are allowed to log in. This applies only "
"to groups within this SSSD domain. Local groups are not evaluated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:108
msgid "simple_deny_groups (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:111
msgid ""
"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This "
"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain. Local groups are not "
"evaluated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:70 sssd-ipa.5.xml:83 sssd-ad.5.xml:131
msgid ""
"Refer to the section <quote>DOMAIN SECTIONS</quote> of the <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> manual page for details on the configuration of an SSSD "
"domain.  <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:120
msgid ""
"Specifying no values for any of the lists is equivalent to skipping it "
"entirely. Beware of this while generating parameters for the simple provider "
"using automated scripts."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:125
msgid ""
"Please note that it is an configuration error if both, simple_allow_users "
"and simple_deny_users, are defined."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:133
msgid ""
"The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and example."
"com is one of the domains in the <replaceable>[sssd]</replaceable> section. "
"This examples shows only the simple access provider-specific options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:140
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/example.com]\n"
"access_provider = simple\n"
"simple_allow_users = user1, user2\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-simple.5.xml:150
msgid ""
"The complete group membership hierarchy is resolved before the access check, "
"thus even nested groups can be included in the access lists.  Please be "
"aware that the <quote>ldap_group_nesting_level</quote> option may impact the "
"results and should be set to a sufficient value.  (<citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>) option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:10 sss-certmap.5.xml:16
msgid "sss-certmap"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:17
msgid "SSSD Certificate Matching and Mapping Rules"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"The manual page describes the rules which can be used by SSSD and other "
"components to match X.509 certificates and map them to accounts."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:28
msgid ""
"Each rule has four components, a <quote>priority</quote>, a <quote>matching "
"rule</quote>, a <quote>mapping rule</quote> and a <quote>domain list</"
"quote>. All components are optional. A missing <quote>priority</quote> will "
"add the rule with the lowest priority.  The default <quote>matching rule</"
"quote> will match certificates with the digitalSignature key usage and "
"clientAuth extended key usage. If the <quote>mapping rule</quote> is empty "
"the certificates will be searched in the userCertificate attribute as DER "
"encoded binary. If no domains are given only the local domain will be "
"searched."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:39
msgid ""
"To allow extensions or completely different style of rule the "
"<quote>mapping</quote> and <quote>matching rules</quote> can contain a "
"prefix separated with a ':' from the main part of the rule. The prefix may "
"only contain upper-case ASCII letters and numbers. If the prefix is omitted "
"the default type will be used which is 'KRB5' for the matching rules and "
"'LDAP' for the mapping rules."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:48
msgid ""
"The 'sssctl' utility provides the 'cert-eval-rule' command to check if a "
"given certificate matches a matching rules and how the output of a mapping "
"rule would look like."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:55
msgid "RULE COMPONENTS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:57
msgid "PRIORITY"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:59
msgid ""
"The rules are processed by priority while the number '0' (zero)  indicates "
"the highest priority. The higher the number the lower is the priority. A "
"missing value indicates the lowest priority. The rules processing is stopped "
"when a matched rule is found and no further rules are checked."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:66
msgid ""
"Internally the priority is treated as unsigned 32bit integer, using a "
"priority value larger than 4294967295 will cause an error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:70
msgid ""
"If multiple rules have the same priority and only one of the related "
"matching rules applies, this rule will be chosen. If there are multiple "
"rules with the same priority which matches, one is chosen but which one is "
"undefined. To avoid this undefined behavior either use different priorities "
"or make the matching rules more specific e.g. by using distinct &lt;"
"ISSUER&gt; patterns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:79
msgid "MATCHING RULE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:81
msgid ""
"The matching rule is used to select a certificate to which the mapping rule "
"should be applied. It uses a system similar to the one used by "
"<quote>pkinit_cert_match</quote> option of MIT Kerberos. It consists of a "
"keyword enclosed by '&lt;' and '&gt;' which identified a certain part of the "
"certificate and a pattern which should be found for the rule to match. "
"Multiple keyword pattern pairs can be either joined with '&amp;&amp;' (and) "
"or '&#124;&#124;' (or)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:90
msgid ""
"Given the similarity to MIT Kerberos the type prefix for this rule is "
"'KRB5'. But 'KRB5' will also be the default for <quote>matching rules</"
"quote> so that \"&lt;SUBJECT&gt;.*,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN\" and \"KRB5:&lt;"
"SUBJECT&gt;.*,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN\" are equivalent."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:99
msgid "&lt;SUBJECT&gt;regular-expression"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:102
msgid ""
"With this a part or the whole subject name of the certificate can be "
"matched. For the matching POSIX Extended Regular Expression syntax is used, "
"see regex(7)  for details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:108
msgid ""
"For the matching the subject name stored in the certificate in DER encoded "
"ASN.1 is converted into a string according to RFC 4514. This means the most "
"specific name component comes first. Please note that not all possible "
"attribute names are covered by RFC 4514. The names included are 'CN', 'L', "
"'ST', 'O', 'OU', 'C', 'STREET', 'DC' and 'UID'. Other attribute names might "
"be shown differently on different platform and by different tools. To avoid "
"confusion those attribute names are best not used or covered by a suitable "
"regular-expression."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:121
msgid "Example: &lt;SUBJECT&gt;.*,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:124
msgid ""
"Please note that the characters \"^.[$()|*+?{\\\" have a special meaning in "
"regular expressions and must be escaped with the help of the '\\' character "
"so that they are matched as ordinary characters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:130
msgid "Example: &lt;SUBJECT&gt;^CN=.* \\(Admin\\),DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:135
msgid "&lt;ISSUER&gt;regular-expression"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:138
msgid ""
"With this a part or the whole issuer name of the certificate can be matched. "
"All comments for &lt;SUBJECT&gt; apply her as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:143
msgid "Example: &lt;ISSUER&gt;^CN=My-CA,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:148
msgid "&lt;KU&gt;key-usage"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:151
msgid ""
"This option can be used to specify which key usage values the certificate "
"should have. The following values can be used in a comma separated list:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:155
msgid "digitalSignature"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:156
msgid "nonRepudiation"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:157
msgid "keyEncipherment"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:158
msgid "dataEncipherment"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:159
msgid "keyAgreement"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:160
msgid "keyCertSign"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:161
msgid "cRLSign"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:162
msgid "encipherOnly"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:163
msgid "decipherOnly"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:167
msgid ""
"A numerical value in the range of a 32bit unsigned integer can be used as "
"well to cover special use cases."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:171
msgid "Example: &lt;KU&gt;digitalSignature,keyEncipherment"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:176
msgid "&lt;EKU&gt;extended-key-usage"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:179
msgid ""
"This option can be used to specify which extended key usage the certificate "
"should have. The following value can be used in a comma separated list:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:183
msgid "serverAuth"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:184
msgid "clientAuth"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:185
msgid "codeSigning"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:186
msgid "emailProtection"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:187
msgid "timeStamping"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:188
msgid "OCSPSigning"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:189
msgid "KPClientAuth"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:190
msgid "pkinit"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:191
msgid "msScLogin"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:195
msgid ""
"Extended key usages which are not listed above can be specified with their "
"OID in dotted-decimal notation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:199
msgid "Example: &lt;EKU&gt;clientAuth,1.3.6.1.5.2.3.4"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:204
msgid "&lt;SAN&gt;regular-expression"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:207
msgid ""
"To be compatible with the usage of MIT Kerberos this option will match the "
"Kerberos principals in the PKINIT or AD NT Principal SAN as &lt;SAN:"
"Principal&gt; does."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:212
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN&gt;.*@MY\\.REALM"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:217
msgid "&lt;SAN:Principal&gt;regular-expression"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:220
msgid "Match the Kerberos principals in the PKINIT or AD NT Principal SAN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:224
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN:Principal&gt;.*@MY\\.REALM"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:229
msgid "&lt;SAN:ntPrincipalName&gt;regular-expression"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:232
msgid "Match the Kerberos principals from the AD NT Principal SAN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:236
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN:ntPrincipalName&gt;.*@MY.AD.REALM"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:241
msgid "&lt;SAN:pkinit&gt;regular-expression"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:244
msgid "Match the Kerberos principals from the PKINIT SAN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:247
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN:ntPrincipalName&gt;.*@MY\\.PKINIT\\.REALM"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:252
msgid "&lt;SAN:dotted-decimal-oid&gt;regular-expression"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:255
msgid ""
"Take the value of the otherName SAN component given by the OID in dotted-"
"decimal notation, interpret it as string and try to match it against the "
"regular expression."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:261
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN:1.2.3.4&gt;test"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:266
msgid "&lt;SAN:otherName&gt;base64-string"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:269
msgid ""
"Do a binary match with the base64 encoded blob against all otherName SAN "
"components. With this option it is possible to match against custom "
"otherName components with special encodings which could not be treated as "
"strings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:276
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN:otherName&gt;MTIz"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:281
msgid "&lt;SAN:rfc822Name&gt;regular-expression"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:284
msgid "Match the value of the rfc822Name SAN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:287
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN:rfc822Name&gt;.*@email\\.domain"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:292
msgid "&lt;SAN:dNSName&gt;regular-expression"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:295
msgid "Match the value of the dNSName SAN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:298
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN:dNSName&gt;.*\\.my\\.dns\\.domain"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:303
msgid "&lt;SAN:x400Address&gt;base64-string"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:306
msgid "Binary match the value of the x400Address SAN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:309
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN:x400Address&gt;MTIz"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:314
msgid "&lt;SAN:directoryName&gt;regular-expression"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:317
msgid ""
"Match the value of the directoryName SAN. The same comments as given for &lt;"
"ISSUER&gt; and &lt;SUBJECT&gt; apply here as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:322
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN:directoryName&gt;.*,DC=com"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:327
msgid "&lt;SAN:ediPartyName&gt;base64-string"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:330
msgid "Binary match the value of the ediPartyName SAN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:333
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN:ediPartyName&gt;MTIz"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:338
msgid "&lt;SAN:uniformResourceIdentifier&gt;regular-expression"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:341
msgid "Match the value of the uniformResourceIdentifier SAN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:344
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN:uniformResourceIdentifier&gt;URN:.*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:349
msgid "&lt;SAN:iPAddress&gt;regular-expression"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:352
msgid "Match the value of the iPAddress SAN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:355
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN:iPAddress&gt;192\\.168\\..*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:360
msgid "&lt;SAN:registeredID&gt;regular-expression"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:363
msgid "Match the value of the registeredID SAN as dotted-decimal string."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:367
msgid "Example: &lt;SAN:registeredID&gt;1\\.2\\.3\\..*"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:96
msgid ""
"The available options are: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:375
msgid "MAPPING RULE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:377
msgid ""
"The mapping rule is used to associate a certificate with one or more "
"accounts. A Smartcard with the certificate and the matching private key can "
"then be used to authenticate as one of those accounts."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:382
msgid ""
"Currently SSSD basically only supports LDAP to lookup user information (the "
"exception is the proxy provider which is not of relevance here). Because of "
"this the mapping rule is based on LDAP search filter syntax with templates "
"to add certificate content to the filter. It is expected that the filter "
"will only contain the specific data needed for the mapping and that the "
"caller will embed it in another filter to do the actual search. Because of "
"this the filter string should start and stop with '(' and ')' respectively."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:392
msgid ""
"In general it is recommended to use attributes from the certificate and add "
"them to special attributes to the LDAP user object. E.g. the "
"'altSecurityIdentities' attribute in AD or the 'ipaCertMapData' attribute "
"for IPA can be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:398
msgid ""
"This should be preferred to read user specific data from the certificate "
"like e.g. an email address and search for it in the LDAP server. The reason "
"is that the user specific data in LDAP might change for various reasons "
"would break the mapping. On the other hand it would be hard to break the "
"mapping on purpose for a specific user."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:406
msgid ""
"The default <quote>mapping rule</quote> type is 'LDAP' which can be added as "
"a prefix to a rule like e.g.  'LDAP:(userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})'. "
"There is an extension called 'LDAPU1' which offer more templates for more "
"flexibility. To allow older versions of this library to ignore the extension "
"the prefix 'LDAPU1' must be used when using the new templates in a "
"<quote>mapping rule</quote> otherwise the old version of this library will "
"fail with a parsing error. The new templates are described in section <xref "
"linkend=\"map_ldapu1\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:424
msgid "{issuer_dn[!((ad|ad_x500)|ad_ldap|nss_x500|(nss|nss_ldap))]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:427
msgid ""
"This template will add the full issuer DN converted to a string according to "
"RFC 4514. If X.500 ordering (most specific RDN comes last) an option with "
"the '_x500' prefix should be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:433 sss-certmap.5.xml:459
msgid ""
"The conversion options starting with 'ad_' will use attribute names as used "
"by AD, e.g. 'S' instead of 'ST'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:437 sss-certmap.5.xml:463
msgid ""
"The conversion options starting with 'nss_' will use attribute names as used "
"by NSS."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:441 sss-certmap.5.xml:467
msgid ""
"The default conversion option is 'nss', i.e. attribute names according to "
"NSS and LDAP/RFC 4514 ordering."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:445
msgid ""
"Example: (ipacertmapdata=X509:&lt;I&gt;{issuer_dn!ad}&lt;S&gt;{subject_dn!"
"ad})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:450
msgid "{subject_dn[!((ad|ad_x500)|ad_ldap|nss_x500|(nss|nss_ldap))]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:453
msgid ""
"This template will add the full subject DN converted to string according to "
"RFC 4514. If X.500 ordering (most specific RDN comes last) an option with "
"the '_x500' prefix should be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:471
msgid ""
"Example: (ipacertmapdata=X509:&lt;I&gt;{issuer_dn!nss_x500}&lt;S&gt;"
"{subject_dn!nss_x500})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:476
msgid "{cert[!(bin|base64)]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:479
msgid ""
"This template will add the whole DER encoded certificate as a string to the "
"search filter. Depending on the conversion option the binary certificate is "
"either converted to an escaped hex sequence '\\xx' or base64.  The escaped "
"hex sequence is the default and can e.g. be used with the LDAP attribute "
"'userCertificate;binary'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:487
msgid "Example: (userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:492
msgid "{subject_principal[.short_name]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:495
msgid ""
"This template will add the Kerberos principal which is taken either from the "
"SAN used by pkinit or the one used by AD. The 'short_name' component "
"represents the first part of the principal before the '@' sign."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:501
msgid ""
"Example: (|(userPrincipal={subject_principal})"
"(samAccountName={subject_principal.short_name}))"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:506
msgid "{subject_pkinit_principal[.short_name]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:509
msgid ""
"This template will add the Kerberos principal which is given by the SAN used "
"by pkinit. The 'short_name' component represents the first part of the "
"principal before the '@' sign."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:515
msgid ""
"Example: (|(userPrincipal={subject_pkinit_principal})"
"(uid={subject_pkinit_principal.short_name}))"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:520
msgid "{subject_nt_principal[.short_name]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:523
msgid ""
"This template will add the Kerberos principal which is given by the SAN used "
"by AD. The 'short_name' component represent the first part of the principal "
"before the '@' sign."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:529
msgid ""
"Example: (|(userPrincipalName={subject_nt_principal})"
"(samAccountName={subject_nt_principal.short_name}))"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:534
msgid "{subject_rfc822_name[.short_name]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:537
msgid ""
"This template will add the string which is stored in the rfc822Name "
"component of the SAN, typically an email address. The 'short_name' component "
"represents the first part of the address before the '@' sign."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:543
msgid ""
"Example: (|(mail={subject_rfc822_name})(uid={subject_rfc822_name."
"short_name}))"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:548
msgid "{subject_dns_name[.short_name]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:551
msgid ""
"This template will add the string which is stored in the dNSName component "
"of the SAN, typically a fully-qualified host name.  The 'short_name' "
"component represents the first part of the name before the first '.' sign."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:557
msgid ""
"Example: (|(fqdn={subject_dns_name})(host={subject_dns_name.short_name}))"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:562
msgid "{subject_uri}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:565
msgid ""
"This template will add the string which is stored in the "
"uniformResourceIdentifier component of the SAN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:569
msgid "Example: (uri={subject_uri})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:574
msgid "{subject_ip_address}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:577
msgid ""
"This template will add the string which is stored in the iPAddress component "
"of the SAN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:581
msgid "Example: (ip={subject_ip_address})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:586
msgid "{subject_x400_address}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:589
msgid ""
"This template will add the value which is stored in the x400Address "
"component of the SAN as escaped hex sequence."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:594
msgid "Example: (attr:binary={subject_x400_address})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:599
msgid ""
"{subject_directory_name[!((ad|ad_x500)|ad_ldap|nss_x500|(nss|nss_ldap))]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:602
msgid ""
"This template will add the DN string of the value which is stored in the "
"directoryName component of the SAN."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:606
msgid "Example: (orig_dn={subject_directory_name})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:611
msgid "{subject_ediparty_name}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:614
msgid ""
"This template will add the value which is stored in the ediPartyName "
"component of the SAN as escaped hex sequence."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:619
msgid "Example: (attr:binary={subject_ediparty_name})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:624
msgid "{subject_registered_id}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:627
msgid ""
"This template will add the OID which is stored in the registeredID component "
"of the SAN as a dotted-decimal string."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:632
msgid "Example: (oid={subject_registered_id})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:417
msgid ""
"The templates to add certificate data to the search filter are based on "
"Python-style formatting strings. They consist of a keyword in curly braces "
"with an optional sub-component specifier separated by a '.' or an optional "
"conversion/formatting option separated by a '!'.  Allowed values are: "
"<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><title>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:639
msgid "LDAPU1 extension"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:641
msgid "The following template are available when using the 'LDAPU1' extension:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:647
msgid "{serial_number[!(dec|hex[_ucr])]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:650
msgid ""
"This template will add the serial number of the certificate. By default it "
"will be printed as a hexadecimal number with lower-case letters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:655
msgid ""
"With the formatting option '!dec' the number will be printed as decimal "
"string. The hexadecimal output can be printed with upper-case letters ('!"
"hex_u'), with a colon separating the hexadecimal bytes ('!hex_c') or with "
"the hexadecimal bytes in reverse order ('!hex_r').  The postfix letters can "
"be combined so that e.g.  '!hex_uc' will produce a colon-separated "
"hexadecimal string with upper-case letters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:665
msgid "Example: LDAPU1:(serial={serial_number})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:671
msgid "{subject_key_id[!hex[_ucr]]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:674
msgid ""
"This template will add the subject key id of the certificate. By default it "
"will be printed as a hexadecimal number with lower-case letters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:679
msgid ""
"The hexadecimal output can be printed with upper-case letters ('!hex_u'), "
"with a colon separating the hexadecimal bytes ('!hex_c') or with the "
"hexadecimal bytes in reverse order ('!hex_r').  The postfix letters can be "
"combined so that e.g.  '!hex_uc' will produce a colon-separated hexadecimal "
"string with upper-case letters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:688
msgid "Example: LDAPU1:(ski={subject_key_id})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:694
msgid "{cert[!DIGEST[_ucr]]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:697
msgid ""
"This template will add the hexadecimal digest/hash of the certificate where "
"DIGEST must be replaced with the name of a digest/hash function supported by "
"OpenSSL, e.g. 'sha512'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:703
msgid ""
"The hexadecimal output can be printed with upper-case letters ('!sha512_u'), "
"with a colon separating the hexadecimal bytes ('!sha512_c') or with the "
"hexadecimal bytes in reverse order ('!sha512_r'). The postfix letters can be "
"combined so that e.g. '!sha512_uc' will produce a colon-separated "
"hexadecimal string with upper-case letters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:712
msgid "Example: LDAPU1:(dgst={cert!sha256})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:718
msgid "{subject_dn_component[(.attr_name|[number]]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:721
msgid ""
"This template will add an attribute value of a component of the subject DN, "
"by default the value of the most specific component."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:726
msgid ""
"A different component can it either selected by attribute name, e.g. "
"{subject_dn_component.uid} or by position, e.g. {subject_dn_component.[2]} "
"where positive numbers start counting from the most specific component and "
"negative numbers start counting from the least specific component. Attribute "
"name and the position can be combined as e.g.  {subject_dn_component.uid[2]} "
"which means that the name of the second component must be 'uid'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:737
msgid "Example: LDAPU1:(uid={subject_dn_component.uid})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:743
msgid "{issuer_dn_component[(.attr_name|[number]]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:746
msgid ""
"This template will add an attribute value of a component of the issuer DN, "
"by default the value of the most specific component."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:751
msgid ""
"See 'subject_dn_component' for details about the attribute name and position "
"specifiers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:755
msgid ""
"Example: LDAPU1:(domain={issuer_dn_component.[-2]}.{issuer_dn_component."
"dc[-1]})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:760
msgid "{sid[.rid]}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:763
msgid ""
"This template will add the SID if the corresponding extension introduced by "
"Microsoft with the OID 1.3.6.1.4.1.311.25.2 is available. With the '.rid' "
"selector only the last component, i.e. the RID, will be added."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:770
msgid "Example: LDAPU1:(objectsid={sid})"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:779
msgid "DOMAIN LIST"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss-certmap.5.xml:781
msgid ""
"If the domain list is not empty users mapped to a given certificate are not "
"only searched in the local domain but in the listed domains as well as long "
"as they are know by SSSD. Domains not know to SSSD will be ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:10 sssd-ipa.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-ipa"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:17
msgid "SSSD IPA provider"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page describes the configuration of the IPA provider for "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
"</citerefentry>.  For a detailed syntax reference, refer to the <quote>FILE "
"FORMAT</quote> section of the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:36
msgid ""
"The IPA provider is a back end used to connect to an IPA server.  (Refer to "
"the freeipa.org web site for information about IPA servers.)  This provider "
"requires that the machine be joined to the IPA domain; configuration is "
"almost entirely self-discovered and obtained directly from the server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:43
msgid ""
"The IPA provider enables SSSD to use the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
"ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> identity "
"provider and the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> authentication provider with "
"optimizations for IPA environments. The IPA provider accepts the same "
"options used by the sssd-ldap and sssd-krb5 providers with some exceptions. "
"However, it is neither necessary nor recommended to set these options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:57
msgid ""
"The IPA provider primarily copies the traditional ldap and krb5 provider "
"default options with some exceptions, the differences are listed in the "
"<quote>MODIFIED DEFAULT OPTIONS</quote> section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:62
msgid ""
"As an access provider, the IPA provider has a minimal configuration (see "
"<quote>ipa_access_order</quote>) as it mainly uses HBAC (host-based access "
"control) rules. Please refer to freeipa.org for more information about HBAC."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:68
msgid ""
"If <quote>auth_provider=ipa</quote> or <quote>access_provider=ipa</quote> is "
"configured in sssd.conf then the id_provider must also be set to <quote>ipa</"
"quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:74
msgid ""
"The IPA provider will use the PAC responder if the Kerberos tickets of users "
"from trusted realms contain a PAC. To make configuration easier the PAC "
"responder is started automatically if the IPA ID provider is configured."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:90
msgid "ipa_domain (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:93
msgid ""
"Specifies the name of the IPA domain.  This is optional. If not provided, "
"the configuration domain name is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:101
msgid "ipa_server, ipa_backup_server (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:104
msgid ""
"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to "
"which SSSD should connect in the order of preference. For more information "
"on failover and server redundancy, see the <quote>FAILOVER</quote> section.  "
"This is optional if autodiscovery is enabled.  For more information on "
"service discovery, refer to the <quote>SERVICE DISCOVERY</quote> section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:117
msgid "ipa_hostname (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:120
msgid ""
"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the "
"fully qualified name used in the IPA domain to identify this host.  The "
"hostname must be fully qualified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:129 sssd-ad.5.xml:1181
msgid "dyndns_update (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:132
msgid ""
"Optional. This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server "
"built into FreeIPA with the IP address of this client. The update is secured "
"using GSS-TSIG. The IP address of the IPA LDAP connection is used for the "
"updates, if it is not otherwise specified by using the <quote>dyndns_iface</"
"quote> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:141 sssd-ad.5.xml:1195
msgid ""
"NOTE: On older systems (such as RHEL 5), for this behavior to work reliably, "
"the default Kerberos realm must be set properly in /etc/krb5.conf"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:146
msgid ""
"NOTE: While it is still possible to use the old <emphasis>ipa_dyndns_update</"
"emphasis> option, users should migrate to using <emphasis>dyndns_update</"
"emphasis> in their config file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:158 sssd-ad.5.xml:1206
msgid "dyndns_ttl (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:161 sssd-ad.5.xml:1209
msgid ""
"The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it.  If "
"dyndns_update is false this has no effect. This will override the TTL "
"serverside if set by an administrator."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:166
msgid ""
"NOTE: While it is still possible to use the old <emphasis>ipa_dyndns_ttl</"
"emphasis> option, users should migrate to using <emphasis>dyndns_ttl</"
"emphasis> in their config file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:172
msgid "Default: 1200 (seconds)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:178 sssd-ad.5.xml:1220
msgid "dyndns_iface (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:181 sssd-ad.5.xml:1223
msgid ""
"Optional. Applicable only when dyndns_update is true. Choose the interface "
"or a list of interfaces whose IP addresses should be used for dynamic DNS "
"updates. Special value <quote>*</quote> implies that IPs from all interfaces "
"should be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:188
msgid ""
"NOTE: While it is still possible to use the old <emphasis>ipa_dyndns_iface</"
"emphasis> option, users should migrate to using <emphasis>dyndns_iface</"
"emphasis> in their config file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:194
msgid ""
"Default: Use the IP addresses of the interface which is used for IPA LDAP "
"connection"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:198 sssd-ad.5.xml:1234
msgid "Example: dyndns_iface = em1, vnet1, vnet2"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:204 sssd-ad.5.xml:1290
msgid "dyndns_auth (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:207 sssd-ad.5.xml:1293
msgid ""
"Whether the nsupdate utility should use GSS-TSIG authentication for secure "
"updates with the DNS server, insecure updates can be sent by setting this "
"option to 'none'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:213 sssd-ad.5.xml:1299
msgid "Default: GSS-TSIG"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:219 sssd-ad.5.xml:1305
msgid "dyndns_auth_ptr (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:222 sssd-ad.5.xml:1308
msgid ""
"Whether the nsupdate utility should use GSS-TSIG authentication for secure "
"PTR updates with the DNS server, insecure updates can be sent by setting "
"this option to 'none'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:228 sssd-ad.5.xml:1314
msgid "Default: Same as dyndns_auth"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:234
msgid "ipa_enable_dns_sites (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:237 sssd-ad.5.xml:238
msgid "Enables DNS sites - location based service discovery."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:241
msgid ""
"If true and service discovery (see Service Discovery paragraph at the bottom "
"of the man page)  is enabled, then the SSSD will first attempt location "
"based discovery using a query that contains \"_location.hostname.example."
"com\" and then fall back to traditional SRV discovery. If the location based "
"discovery succeeds, the IPA servers located with the location based "
"discovery are treated as primary servers and the IPA servers located using "
"the traditional SRV discovery are used as back up servers"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:260 sssd-ad.5.xml:1240
msgid "dyndns_refresh_interval (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:263
msgid ""
"How often should the back end perform periodic DNS update in addition to the "
"automatic update performed when the back end goes online.  This option is "
"optional and applicable only when dyndns_update is true."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:276 sssd-ad.5.xml:1258
msgid "dyndns_update_ptr (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:279 sssd-ad.5.xml:1261
msgid ""
"Whether the PTR record should also be explicitly updated when updating the "
"client's DNS records.  Applicable only when dyndns_update is true."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:284
msgid ""
"This option should be False in most IPA deployments as the IPA server "
"generates the PTR records automatically when forward records are changed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:290 sssd-ad.5.xml:1266
msgid ""
"Note that <emphasis>dyndns_update_per_family</emphasis> parameter does not "
"apply for PTR record updates.  Those updates are always sent separately."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:295
msgid "Default: False (disabled)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:301 sssd-ad.5.xml:1277
msgid "dyndns_force_tcp (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:304 sssd-ad.5.xml:1280
msgid ""
"Whether the nsupdate utility should default to using TCP for communicating "
"with the DNS server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:308 sssd-ad.5.xml:1284
msgid "Default: False (let nsupdate choose the protocol)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:314 sssd-ad.5.xml:1320
msgid "dyndns_server (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:317 sssd-ad.5.xml:1323
msgid ""
"The DNS server to use when performing a DNS update. In most setups, it's "
"recommended to leave this option unset."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:322 sssd-ad.5.xml:1328
msgid ""
"Setting this option makes sense for environments where the DNS server is "
"different from the identity server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:327 sssd-ad.5.xml:1333
msgid ""
"Please note that this option will be only used in fallback attempt when "
"previous attempt using autodetected settings failed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:332 sssd-ad.5.xml:1338
msgid "Default: None (let nsupdate choose the server)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:338 sssd-ad.5.xml:1344
msgid "dyndns_update_per_family (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:341 sssd-ad.5.xml:1347
msgid ""
"DNS update is by default performed in two steps - IPv4 update and then IPv6 "
"update. In some cases it might be desirable to perform IPv4 and IPv6 update "
"in single step."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:353
msgid "ipa_access_order (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:360
msgid "<emphasis>expire</emphasis>: use IPA's account expiration policy."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:399
msgid ""
"Please note that 'access_provider = ipa' must be set for this feature to "
"work."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:406
msgid "ipa_deskprofile_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:409
msgid ""
"Optional. Use the given string as search base for Desktop Profile related "
"objects."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:413 sssd-ipa.5.xml:440
msgid "Default: Use base DN"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:419
msgid "ipa_subid_ranges_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:422
msgid ""
"Optional. Use the given string as search base for subordinate ranges related "
"objects."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:426
msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>cn=subids,%basedn</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:433
msgid "ipa_hbac_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:436
msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for HBAC related objects."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:446
msgid "ipa_host_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:449
msgid "Deprecated. Use ldap_host_search_base instead."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:455
msgid "ipa_selinux_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:458
msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for SELinux user maps."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:474
msgid "ipa_subdomains_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:477
msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for trusted domains."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:486
msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>cn=trusts,%basedn</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:493
msgid "ipa_master_domain_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:496
msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for master domain object."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:505
msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>cn=ad,cn=etc,%basedn</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:512
msgid "ipa_views_search_base (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:515
msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for views containers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:524
msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>cn=views,cn=accounts,%basedn</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:534
msgid ""
"The name of the Kerberos realm. This is optional and defaults to the value "
"of <quote>ipa_domain</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:538
msgid ""
"The name of the Kerberos realm has a special meaning in IPA - it is "
"converted into the base DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:546 sssd-ad.5.xml:1362
msgid "krb5_confd_path (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:549 sssd-ad.5.xml:1365
msgid ""
"Absolute path of a directory where SSSD should place Kerberos configuration "
"snippets."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:553 sssd-ad.5.xml:1369
msgid ""
"To disable the creation of the configuration snippets set the parameter to "
"'none'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:557 sssd-ad.5.xml:1373
msgid ""
"Default: not set (krb5.include.d subdirectory of SSSD's pubconf directory)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:564
msgid "ipa_deskprofile_refresh (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:567
msgid ""
"The amount of time between lookups of the Desktop Profile rules against the "
"IPA server. This will reduce the latency and load on the IPA server if there "
"are many desktop profiles requests made in a short period."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:574 sssd-ipa.5.xml:604 sssd-ipa.5.xml:620 sssd-ad.5.xml:599
msgid "Default: 5 (seconds)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:580
msgid "ipa_deskprofile_request_interval (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:583
msgid ""
"The amount of time between lookups of the Desktop Profile rules against the "
"IPA server in case the last request did not return any rule."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:588
msgid "Default: 60 (minutes)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:594
msgid "ipa_hbac_refresh (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:597
msgid ""
"The amount of time between lookups of the HBAC rules against the IPA server. "
"This will reduce the latency and load on the IPA server if there are many "
"access-control requests made in a short period."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:610
msgid "ipa_hbac_selinux (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:613
msgid ""
"The amount of time between lookups of the SELinux maps against the IPA "
"server. This will reduce the latency and load on the IPA server if there are "
"many user login requests made in a short period."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:626
msgid "ipa_server_mode (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:629
msgid ""
"This option will be set by the IPA installer (ipa-server-install) "
"automatically and denotes if SSSD is running on an IPA server or not."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:634
msgid ""
"On an IPA server SSSD will lookup users and groups from trusted domains "
"directly while on a client it will ask an IPA server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:639
msgid ""
"NOTE: There are currently some assumptions that must be met when SSSD is "
"running on an IPA server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:644
msgid ""
"The <quote>ipa_server</quote> option must be configured to point to the IPA "
"server itself. This is already the default set by the IPA installer, so no "
"manual change is required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:653
msgid ""
"The <quote>full_name_format</quote> option must not be tweaked to only print "
"short names for users from trusted domains."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:668
msgid "ipa_automount_location (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:671
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:674
msgid "Default: The location named \"default\""
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:682
msgid "VIEWS AND OVERRIDES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:691
msgid "ipa_view_class (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:694
msgid "Objectclass of the view container."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:697
msgid "Default: nsContainer"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:703
msgid "ipa_view_name (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:706
msgid "Name of the attribute holding the name of the view."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:710 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:496
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:832 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:913
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1010 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1068
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1226 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1271
msgid "Default: cn"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:716
msgid "ipa_override_object_class (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:719
msgid "Objectclass of the override objects."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:722
msgid "Default: ipaOverrideAnchor"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:728
msgid "ipa_anchor_uuid (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:731
msgid ""
"Name of the attribute containing the reference to the original object in a "
"remote domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:735
msgid "Default: ipaAnchorUUID"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:741
msgid "ipa_user_override_object_class (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:744
msgid ""
"Name of the objectclass for user overrides. It is used to determine if the "
"found override object is related to a user or a group."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:749
msgid "User overrides can contain attributes given by"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:752
msgid "ldap_user_name"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:755
msgid "ldap_user_uid_number"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:758
msgid "ldap_user_gid_number"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:761
msgid "ldap_user_gecos"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:764
msgid "ldap_user_home_directory"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:767
msgid "ldap_user_shell"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:770
msgid "ldap_user_ssh_public_key"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:775
msgid "Default: ipaUserOverride"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:781
msgid "ipa_group_override_object_class (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:784
msgid ""
"Name of the objectclass for group overrides. It is used to determine if the "
"found override object is related to a user or a group."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:789
msgid "Group overrides can contain attributes given by"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:792
msgid "ldap_group_name"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:795
msgid "ldap_group_gid_number"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:800
msgid "Default: ipaGroupOverride"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:684
msgid ""
"SSSD can handle views and overrides which are offered by FreeIPA 4.1 and "
"later version. Since all paths and objectclasses are fixed on the server "
"side there is basically no need to configure anything. For completeness the "
"related options are listed here with their default values.  <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:812
msgid "SUBDOMAINS PROVIDER"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:814
msgid ""
"The IPA subdomains provider behaves slightly differently if it is configured "
"explicitly or implicitly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:818
msgid ""
"If the option 'subdomains_provider = ipa' is found in the domain section of "
"sssd.conf, the IPA subdomains provider is configured explicitly, and all "
"subdomain requests are sent to the IPA server if necessary."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:824
msgid ""
"If the option 'subdomains_provider' is not set in the domain section of sssd."
"conf but there is the option 'id_provider = ipa', the IPA subdomains "
"provider is configured implicitly. In this case, if a subdomain request "
"fails and indicates that the server does not support subdomains, i.e. is not "
"configured for trusts, the IPA subdomains provider is disabled. After an "
"hour or after the IPA provider goes online, the subdomains provider is "
"enabled again."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:835
msgid "TRUSTED DOMAINS CONFIGURATION"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:843
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/ipa.domain.com/ad.domain.com]\n"
"ad_server = dc.ad.domain.com\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:837
msgid ""
"Some configuration options can also be set for a trusted domain.  A trusted "
"domain configuration can be set using the trusted domain subsection as shown "
"in the example below. Alternatively, the <quote>subdomain_inherit</quote> "
"option can be used in the parent domain.  <placeholder "
"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:848
msgid ""
"For more details, see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:855
msgid ""
"Different configuration options are tunable for a trusted domain depending "
"on whether you are configuring SSSD on an IPA server or an IPA client."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:860
msgid "OPTIONS TUNABLE ON IPA MASTERS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:862
msgid ""
"The following options can be set in a subdomain section on an IPA master:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:866 sssd-ipa.5.xml:896
msgid "ad_server"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:869
msgid "ad_backup_server"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:872 sssd-ipa.5.xml:899
msgid "ad_site"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:875
msgid "ldap_search_base"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:878
msgid "ldap_user_search_base"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:881
msgid "ldap_group_search_base"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:890
msgid "OPTIONS TUNABLE ON IPA CLIENTS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:892
msgid ""
"The following options can be set in a subdomain section on an IPA client:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:904
msgid ""
"Note that if both options are set, only <quote>ad_server</quote> is "
"evaluated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:908
msgid ""
"Since any request for a user or a group identity from a trusted domain "
"triggered from an IPA client is resolved by the IPA server, the "
"<quote>ad_server</quote> and <quote>ad_site</quote> options only affect "
"which AD DC will the authentication be performed against. In particular, the "
"addresses resolved from these lists will be written to <quote>kdcinfo</"
"quote> files read by the Kerberos locator plugin. Please refer to the "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more details on the "
"Kerberos locator plugin."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:932
msgid ""
"The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and example."
"com is one of the domains in the <replaceable>[sssd]</replaceable> section. "
"This examples shows only the ipa provider-specific options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ipa.5.xml:939
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/example.com]\n"
"id_provider = ipa\n"
"ipa_server = ipaserver.example.com\n"
"ipa_hostname = myhost.example.com\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:10 sssd-ad.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-ad"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:17
msgid "SSSD Active Directory provider"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page describes the configuration of the AD provider for "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
"</citerefentry>.  For a detailed syntax reference, refer to the <quote>FILE "
"FORMAT</quote> section of the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:36
msgid ""
"The AD provider is a back end used to connect to an Active Directory server. "
"This provider requires that the machine be joined to the AD domain and a "
"keytab is available. Back end communication occurs over a GSSAPI-encrypted "
"channel, SSL/TLS options should not be used with the AD provider and will be "
"superseded by Kerberos usage."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:44
msgid ""
"The AD provider supports connecting to Active Directory 2008 R2 or later. "
"Earlier versions may work, but are unsupported."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:48
msgid ""
"The AD provider can be used to get user information and authenticate users "
"from trusted domains. Currently only trusted domains in the same forest are "
"recognized. In addition servers from trusted domains are always auto-"
"discovered."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:54
msgid ""
"The AD provider enables SSSD to use the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
"ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> identity "
"provider and the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> authentication provider with "
"optimizations for Active Directory environments. The AD provider accepts the "
"same options used by the sssd-ldap and sssd-krb5 providers with some "
"exceptions. However, it is neither necessary nor recommended to set these "
"options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:69
msgid ""
"The AD provider primarily copies the traditional ldap and krb5 provider "
"default options with some exceptions, the differences are listed in the "
"<quote>MODIFIED DEFAULT OPTIONS</quote> section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:74
msgid ""
"The AD provider can also be used as an access, chpass, sudo and autofs "
"provider. No configuration of the access provider is required on the client "
"side."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:79
msgid ""
"If <quote>auth_provider=ad</quote> or <quote>access_provider=ad</quote> is "
"configured in sssd.conf then the id_provider must also be set to <quote>ad</"
"quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:91
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ldap_id_mapping = False\n"
"            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:85
msgid ""
"By default, the AD provider will map UID and GID values from the objectSID "
"parameter in Active Directory. For details on this, see the <quote>ID "
"MAPPING</quote> section below. If you want to disable ID mapping and instead "
"rely on POSIX attributes defined in Active Directory, you should set "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> If POSIX attributes should "
"be used, it is recommended for performance reasons that the attributes are "
"also replicated to the Global Catalog. If POSIX attributes are replicated, "
"SSSD will attempt to locate the domain of a requested numerical ID with the "
"help of the Global Catalog and only search that domain. In contrast, if "
"POSIX attributes are not replicated to the Global Catalog, SSSD must search "
"all the domains in the forest sequentially. Please note that the "
"<quote>cache_first</quote> option might be also helpful in speeding up "
"domainless searches.  Note that if only a subset of POSIX attributes is "
"present in the Global Catalog, the non-replicated attributes are currently "
"not read from the LDAP port."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:108
msgid ""
"Users, groups and other entities served by SSSD are always treated as case-"
"insensitive in the AD provider for compatibility with Active Directory's "
"LDAP implementation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:113
msgid ""
"SSSD only resolves Active Directory Security Groups. For more information "
"about AD group types see: <ulink url=\"https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/"
"windows-server/identity/ad-ds/manage/understand-security-groups\"> Active "
"Directory security groups</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:120
msgid ""
"SSSD filters out Domain Local groups from remote domains in the AD forest. "
"By default they are filtered out e.g. when following a nested group "
"hierarchy in remote domains because they are not valid in the local domain. "
"This is done to be in agreement with Active Directory's group-membership "
"assignment which can be seen in the PAC of the Kerberos ticket of a user "
"issued by Active Directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:138
msgid "ad_domain (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:141
msgid ""
"Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain.  This is optional. If not "
"provided, the configuration domain name is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:146
msgid ""
"For proper operation, this option should be specified as the lower-case "
"version of the long version of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:151
msgid ""
"The short domain name (also known as the NetBIOS or the flat name) is "
"autodetected by the SSSD."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:158
msgid "ad_enabled_domains (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:161
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of enabled Active Directory domains. If provided, "
"SSSD will ignore any domains not listed in this option. If left unset, all "
"discovered domains from the AD forest will be available."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:168
msgid ""
"During the discovery of the domains SSSD will filter out some domains where "
"flags or attributes indicate that they do not belong to the local forest or "
"are not trusted. If ad_enabled_domains is set, SSSD will try to enable all "
"listed domains."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:179
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ad_enabled_domains = sales.example.com, eng.example.com\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:175
msgid ""
"For proper operation, this option must be specified in all lower-case and as "
"the fully qualified domain name of the Active Directory domain. For example: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:183
msgid ""
"The short domain name (also known as the NetBIOS or the flat name) will be "
"autodetected by SSSD."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:193
msgid "ad_server, ad_backup_server (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:196
msgid ""
"The comma-separated list of hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should "
"connect in order of preference. For more information on failover and server "
"redundancy, see the <quote>FAILOVER</quote> section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:203
msgid ""
"This is optional if autodiscovery is enabled.  For more information on "
"service discovery, refer to the <quote>SERVICE DISCOVERY</quote> section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:208
msgid ""
"Note: Trusted domains will always auto-discover servers even if the primary "
"server is explicitly defined in the ad_server option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:216
msgid "ad_hostname (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:219
msgid ""
"Optional. On machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully "
"qualified name, sssd will try to expand the short name. If it is not "
"possible or the short name should be really used instead, set this parameter "
"explicitly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:226
msgid ""
"This field is used to determine the host principal in use in the keytab and "
"to perform dynamic DNS updates. It must match the hostname for which the "
"keytab was issued."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:235
msgid "ad_enable_dns_sites (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:242
msgid ""
"If true and service discovery (see Service Discovery paragraph at the bottom "
"of the man page)  is enabled, the SSSD will first attempt to discover the "
"Active Directory server to connect to using the Active Directory Site "
"Discovery and fall back to the DNS SRV records if no AD site is found. The "
"DNS SRV configuration, including the discovery domain, is used during site "
"discovery as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:258
msgid "ad_access_filter (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:261
msgid ""
"This option specifies LDAP access control filter that the user must match in "
"order to be allowed access. Please note that the <quote>access_provider</"
"quote> option must be explicitly set to <quote>ad</quote> in order for this "
"option to have an effect."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:269
msgid ""
"The option also supports specifying different filters per domain or forest. "
"This extended filter would consist of: <quote>KEYWORD:NAME:FILTER</quote>.  "
"The keyword can be either <quote>DOM</quote>, <quote>FOREST</quote> or "
"missing."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:277
msgid ""
"If the keyword equals to <quote>DOM</quote> or is missing, then <quote>NAME</"
"quote> specifies the domain or subdomain the filter applies to.  If the "
"keyword equals to <quote>FOREST</quote>, then the filter equals to all "
"domains from the forest specified by <quote>NAME</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:285
msgid ""
"Multiple filters can be separated with the <quote>?</quote> character, "
"similarly to how search bases work."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:290
msgid ""
"Nested group membership must be searched for using a special OID "
"<quote>:1.2.840.113556.1.4.1941:</quote> in addition to the full DOM:domain."
"example.org: syntax to ensure the parser does not attempt to interpret the "
"colon characters associated with the OID. If you do not use this OID then "
"nested group membership will not be resolved. See usage example below and "
"refer here for further information about the OID: <ulink url=\"https://msdn."
"microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc223367.aspx\"> [MS-ADTS] section LDAP "
"extensions</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:303
msgid ""
"The most specific match is always used. For example, if the option specified "
"filter for a domain the user is a member of and a global filter, the per-"
"domain filter would be applied.  If there are more matches with the same "
"specification, the first one is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:314
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# apply filter on domain called dom1 only:\n"
"dom1:(memberOf=cn=admins,ou=groups,dc=dom1,dc=com)\n"
"\n"
"# apply filter on domain called dom2 only:\n"
"DOM:dom2:(memberOf=cn=admins,ou=groups,dc=dom2,dc=com)\n"
"\n"
"# apply filter on forest called EXAMPLE.COM only:\n"
"FOREST:EXAMPLE.COM:(memberOf=cn=admins,ou=groups,dc=example,dc=com)\n"
"\n"
"# apply filter for a member of a nested group in dom1:\n"
"DOM:dom1:(memberOf:1.2.840.113556.1.4.1941:=cn=nestedgroup,ou=groups,dc=example,dc=com)\n"
"                        "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:333
msgid "ad_site (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:336
msgid ""
"Specify AD site to which client should try to connect.  If this option is "
"not provided, the AD site will be auto-discovered."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:347
msgid "ad_enable_gc (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:350
msgid ""
"By default, the SSSD connects to the Global Catalog first to retrieve users "
"from trusted domains and uses the LDAP port to retrieve group memberships or "
"as a fallback. Disabling this option makes the SSSD only connect to the LDAP "
"port of the current AD server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:358
msgid ""
"Please note that disabling Global Catalog support does not disable "
"retrieving users from trusted domains. The SSSD would connect to the LDAP "
"port of trusted domains instead. However, Global Catalog must be used in "
"order to resolve cross-domain group memberships."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:372
msgid "ad_gpo_access_control (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:375
msgid ""
"This option specifies the operation mode for GPO-based access control "
"functionality: whether it operates in disabled mode, enforcing mode, or "
"permissive mode. Please note that the <quote>access_provider</quote> option "
"must be explicitly set to <quote>ad</quote> in order for this option to have "
"an effect."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:384
msgid ""
"GPO-based access control functionality uses GPO policy settings to determine "
"whether or not a particular user is allowed to logon to the host.  For more "
"information on the supported policy settings please refer to the "
"<quote>ad_gpo_map</quote> options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:392
msgid ""
"Please note that current version of SSSD does not support Active Directory's "
"built-in groups.  Built-in groups (such as Administrators with SID "
"S-1-5-32-544) in GPO access control rules will be ignored by SSSD.  See "
"upstream issue tracker https://github.com/SSSD/sssd/issues/5063 ."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:401
msgid ""
"Before performing access control SSSD applies group policy security "
"filtering on the GPOs. For every single user login, the applicability of the "
"GPOs that are linked to the host is checked. In order for a GPO to apply to "
"a user, the user or at least one of the groups to which it belongs must have "
"following permissions on the GPO:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:411
msgid ""
"Read: The user or one of its groups must have read access to the properties "
"of the GPO (RIGHT_DS_READ_PROPERTY)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:418
msgid ""
"Apply Group Policy: The user or at least one of its groups must be allowed "
"to apply the GPO (RIGHT_DS_CONTROL_ACCESS)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:426
msgid ""
"By default, the Authenticated Users group is present on a GPO and this group "
"has both Read and Apply Group Policy access rights. Since authentication of "
"a user must have been completed successfully before GPO security filtering "
"and access control are started, the Authenticated Users group permissions on "
"the GPO always apply also to the user."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:435
msgid ""
"NOTE: If the operation mode is set to enforcing, it is possible that users "
"that were previously allowed logon access will now be denied logon access "
"(as dictated by the GPO policy settings). In order to facilitate a smooth "
"transition for administrators, a permissive mode is available that will not "
"enforce the access control rules, but will evaluate them and will output a "
"syslog message if access would have been denied. By examining the logs, "
"administrators can then make the necessary changes before setting the mode "
"to enforcing. For logging GPO-based access control debug level 'trace "
"functions' is required (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssctl</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:454
msgid "There are three supported values for this option:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:458
msgid ""
"disabled: GPO-based access control rules are neither evaluated nor enforced."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:464
msgid "enforcing: GPO-based access control rules are evaluated and enforced."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:470
msgid ""
"permissive: GPO-based access control rules are evaluated, but not enforced.  "
"Instead, a syslog message will be emitted indicating that the user would "
"have been denied access if this option's value were set to enforcing."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:481
msgid "Default: permissive"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:484
msgid "Default: enforcing"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:490
msgid "ad_gpo_implicit_deny (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:493
msgid ""
"Normally when no applicable GPOs are found the users are allowed access. "
"When this option is set to True users will be allowed access only when "
"explicitly allowed by a GPO rule. Otherwise users will be denied access. "
"This can be used to harden security but be careful when using this option "
"because it can deny access even to users in the built-in Administrators "
"group if no GPO rules apply to them."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:509
msgid ""
"The following 2 tables should illustrate when a user is allowed or rejected "
"based on the allow and deny login rights defined on the server-side and the "
"setting of ad_gpo_implicit_deny."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:521
msgid "ad_gpo_implicit_deny = False (default)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:522 sssd-ad.5.xml:548
msgid "allow-rules"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:522 sssd-ad.5.xml:548
msgid "deny-rules"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:523 sssd-ad.5.xml:549
msgid "results"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:526 sssd-ad.5.xml:529 sssd-ad.5.xml:532 sssd-ad.5.xml:552
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:555 sssd-ad.5.xml:558
msgid "missing"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:527
msgid "all users are allowed"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:529 sssd-ad.5.xml:532 sssd-ad.5.xml:535 sssd-ad.5.xml:555
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:558 sssd-ad.5.xml:561
msgid "present"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:530
msgid "only users not in deny-rules are allowed"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:533 sssd-ad.5.xml:559
msgid "only users in allow-rules are allowed"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:536 sssd-ad.5.xml:562
msgid "only users in allow-rules and not in deny-rules are allowed"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:547
msgid "ad_gpo_implicit_deny = True"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:553 sssd-ad.5.xml:556
msgid "no users are allowed"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:569
msgid "ad_gpo_ignore_unreadable (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:572
msgid ""
"Normally when some group policy containers (AD object) of applicable group "
"policy objects are not readable by SSSD then users are denied access.  This "
"option allows to ignore group policy containers and with them associated "
"policies if their attributes in group policy containers are not readable for "
"SSSD."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:589
msgid "ad_gpo_cache_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:592
msgid ""
"The amount of time between lookups of GPO policy files against the AD "
"server. This will reduce the latency and load on the AD server if there are "
"many access-control requests made in a short period."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:605
msgid "ad_gpo_map_interactive (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:608
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access "
"control is evaluated based on the InteractiveLogonRight and "
"DenyInteractiveLogonRight policy settings.  Only those GPOs are evaluated "
"for which the user has Read and Apply Group Policy permission (see option "
"<quote>ad_gpo_access_control</quote>).  If an evaluated GPO contains the "
"deny interactive logon setting for the user or one of its groups, the user "
"is denied local access.  If none of the evaluated GPOs has an interactive "
"logon right defined, the user is granted local access. If at least one "
"evaluated GPO contains interactive logon right settings, the user is granted "
"local access only, if it or at least one of its groups is part of the policy "
"settings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:626
msgid ""
"Note: Using the Group Policy Management Editor this value is called \"Allow "
"log on locally\" and \"Deny log on locally\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:640
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ad_gpo_map_interactive = +my_pam_service, -login\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:631
msgid ""
"It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using "
"<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from "
"the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>.  For example, in "
"order to replace a default PAM service name for this logon right (e.g. "
"<quote>login</quote>)  with a custom pam service name (e.g. "
"<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:663
msgid "gdm-fingerprint"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:683
msgid "lightdm"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:688
msgid "lxdm"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:693
msgid "sddm"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:698
msgid "unity"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:703
msgid "xdm"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:712
msgid "ad_gpo_map_remote_interactive (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:715
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access "
"control is evaluated based on the RemoteInteractiveLogonRight and "
"DenyRemoteInteractiveLogonRight policy settings.  Only those GPOs are "
"evaluated for which the user has Read and Apply Group Policy permission (see "
"option <quote>ad_gpo_access_control</quote>).  If an evaluated GPO contains "
"the deny remote logon setting for the user or one of its groups, the user is "
"denied remote interactive access.  If none of the evaluated GPOs has a "
"remote interactive logon right defined, the user is granted remote access. "
"If at least one evaluated GPO contains remote interactive logon right "
"settings, the user is granted remote access only, if it or at least one of "
"its groups is part of the policy settings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:734
msgid ""
"Note: Using the Group Policy Management Editor this value is called \"Allow "
"log on through Remote Desktop Services\" and \"Deny log on through Remote "
"Desktop Services\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:749
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ad_gpo_map_remote_interactive = +my_pam_service, -sshd\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:740
msgid ""
"It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using "
"<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from "
"the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>.  For example, in "
"order to replace a default PAM service name for this logon right (e.g. "
"<quote>sshd</quote>)  with a custom pam service name (e.g. "
"<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:757
msgid "sshd"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:762
msgid "cockpit"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:771
msgid "ad_gpo_map_network (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:774
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access "
"control is evaluated based on the NetworkLogonRight and "
"DenyNetworkLogonRight policy settings.  Only those GPOs are evaluated for "
"which the user has Read and Apply Group Policy permission (see option "
"<quote>ad_gpo_access_control</quote>).  If an evaluated GPO contains the "
"deny network logon setting for the user or one of its groups, the user is "
"denied network logon access.  If none of the evaluated GPOs has a network "
"logon right defined, the user is granted logon access. If at least one "
"evaluated GPO contains network logon right settings, the user is granted "
"logon access only, if it or at least one of its groups is part of the policy "
"settings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:792
msgid ""
"Note: Using the Group Policy Management Editor this value is called \"Access "
"this computer from the network\" and \"Deny access to this computer from the "
"network\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:807
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ad_gpo_map_network = +my_pam_service, -ftp\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:798
msgid ""
"It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using "
"<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from "
"the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>.  For example, in "
"order to replace a default PAM service name for this logon right (e.g. "
"<quote>ftp</quote>)  with a custom pam service name (e.g. "
"<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:815
msgid "ftp"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:820
msgid "samba"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:829
msgid "ad_gpo_map_batch (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:832
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access "
"control is evaluated based on the BatchLogonRight and DenyBatchLogonRight "
"policy settings.  Only those GPOs are evaluated for which the user has Read "
"and Apply Group Policy permission (see option <quote>ad_gpo_access_control</"
"quote>).  If an evaluated GPO contains the deny batch logon setting for the "
"user or one of its groups, the user is denied batch logon access.  If none "
"of the evaluated GPOs has a batch logon right defined, the user is granted "
"logon access. If at least one evaluated GPO contains batch logon right "
"settings, the user is granted logon access only, if it or at least one of "
"its groups is part of the policy settings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:850
msgid ""
"Note: Using the Group Policy Management Editor this value is called \"Allow "
"log on as a batch job\" and \"Deny log on as a batch job\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:864
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ad_gpo_map_batch = +my_pam_service, -crond\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:855
msgid ""
"It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using "
"<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from "
"the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>.  For example, in "
"order to replace a default PAM service name for this logon right (e.g. "
"<quote>crond</quote>)  with a custom pam service name (e.g. "
"<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:867
msgid ""
"Note: Cron service name may differ depending on Linux distribution used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:873
msgid "crond"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:882
msgid "ad_gpo_map_service (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:885
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access "
"control is evaluated based on the ServiceLogonRight and "
"DenyServiceLogonRight policy settings.  Only those GPOs are evaluated for "
"which the user has Read and Apply Group Policy permission (see option "
"<quote>ad_gpo_access_control</quote>).  If an evaluated GPO contains the "
"deny service logon setting for the user or one of its groups, the user is "
"denied service logon access.  If none of the evaluated GPOs has a service "
"logon right defined, the user is granted logon access. If at least one "
"evaluated GPO contains service logon right settings, the user is granted "
"logon access only, if it or at least one of its groups is part of the policy "
"settings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:903
msgid ""
"Note: Using the Group Policy Management Editor this value is called \"Allow "
"log on as a service\" and \"Deny log on as a service\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:916
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ad_gpo_map_service = +my_pam_service\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:908 sssd-ad.5.xml:983
msgid ""
"It is possible to add a PAM service name to the default set by using "
"<quote>+service_name</quote>.  Since the default set is empty, it is not "
"possible to remove a PAM service name from the default set.  For example, in "
"order to add a custom pam service name (e.g. <quote>my_pam_service</quote>), "
"you would use the following configuration: <placeholder "
"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:926
msgid "ad_gpo_map_permit (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:929
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access is "
"always granted, regardless of any GPO Logon Rights."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:943
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ad_gpo_map_permit = +my_pam_service, -sudo\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:934
msgid ""
"It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using "
"<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from "
"the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>.  For example, in "
"order to replace a default PAM service name for unconditionally permitted "
"access (e.g. <quote>sudo</quote>)  with a custom pam service name (e.g. "
"<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:951
msgid "polkit-1"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:966
msgid "systemd-user"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:975
msgid "ad_gpo_map_deny (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:978
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which GPO-based access is "
"always denied, regardless of any GPO Logon Rights."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:991
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ad_gpo_map_deny = +my_pam_service\n"
"                            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1001
msgid "ad_gpo_default_right (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1004
msgid ""
"This option defines how access control is evaluated for PAM service names "
"that are not explicitly listed in one of the ad_gpo_map_* options. This "
"option can be set in two different manners. First, this option can be set to "
"use a default logon right. For example, if this option is set to "
"'interactive', it means that unmapped PAM service names will be processed "
"based on the InteractiveLogonRight and DenyInteractiveLogonRight policy "
"settings. Alternatively, this option can be set to either always permit or "
"always deny access for unmapped PAM service names."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1017
msgid "Supported values for this option include:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1026
msgid "remote_interactive"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1031
msgid "network"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1036
msgid "batch"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1041
msgid "service"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1046
msgid "permit"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1051
msgid "deny"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1057
msgid "Default: deny"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1063
msgid "ad_maximum_machine_account_password_age (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1066
msgid ""
"SSSD will check once a day if the machine account password is older than the "
"given age in days and try to renew it. A value of 0 will disable the renewal "
"attempt."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1072
msgid "Default: 30 days"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1078
msgid "ad_machine_account_password_renewal_opts (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1081
msgid ""
"This option should only be used to test the machine account renewal task. "
"The option expects 2 integers separated by a colon (':'). The first integer "
"defines the interval in seconds how often the task is run. The second "
"specifies the initial timeout in seconds before the task is run for the "
"first time after startup."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1090
msgid "Default: 86400:750 (24h and 15m)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1096
msgid "ad_update_samba_machine_account_password (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1099
msgid ""
"If enabled, when SSSD renews the machine account password, it will also be "
"updated in Samba's database. This prevents Samba's copy of the machine "
"account password from getting out of date when it is set up to use AD for "
"authentication."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1112
msgid "ad_use_ldaps (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1115
msgid ""
"By default SSSD uses the plain LDAP port 389 and the Global Catalog port "
"3628. If this option is set to True SSSD will use the LDAPS port 636 and "
"Global Catalog port 3629 with LDAPS protection. Since AD does not allow to "
"have multiple encryption layers on a single connection and we still want to "
"use SASL/GSSAPI or SASL/GSS-SPNEGO for authentication the SASL security "
"property maxssf is set to 0 (zero)  for those connections."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1132
msgid "ad_allow_remote_domain_local_groups (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1135
msgid ""
"If this option is set to <quote>true</quote> SSSD will not filter out Domain "
"Local groups from remote domains in the AD forest. By default they are "
"filtered out e.g. when following a nested group hierarchy in remote domains "
"because they are not valid in the local domain. To be compatible with other "
"solutions which make AD users and groups available on Linux client this "
"option was added."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1145
msgid ""
"Please note that setting this option to <quote>true</quote> will be against "
"the intention of Domain Local group in Active Directory and <emphasis>SHOULD "
"ONLY BE USED TO FACILITATE MIGRATION FROM OTHER SOLUTIONS</emphasis>. "
"Although the group exists and user can be member of the group the intention "
"is that the group should be only used in the domain it is defined and in no "
"others. Since there is only one type of POSIX groups the only way to achieve "
"this on the Linux side is to ignore those groups. This is also done by "
"Active Directory as can be seen in the PAC of the Kerberos ticket for a "
"local service or in tokenGroups requests where remote Domain Local groups "
"are missing as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1161
msgid ""
"Given the comments above, if this option is set to <quote>true</quote> the "
"tokenGroups request must be disabled by setting <quote>ldap_use_tokengroups</"
"quote> to <quote>false</quote> to get consistent group-memberships of a "
"users. Additionally the Global Catalog lookup should be skipped as well by "
"setting <quote>ad_enable_gc</quote> to <quote>false</quote>. Finally it "
"might be necessary to modify <quote>ldap_group_nesting_level</quote> if the "
"remote Domain Local groups can only be found with a deeper nesting level."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1184
msgid ""
"Optional. This option tells SSSD to automatically update the Active "
"Directory DNS server with the IP address of this client. The update is "
"secured using GSS-TSIG. As a consequence, the Active Directory administrator "
"only needs to allow secure updates for the DNS zone. The IP address of the "
"AD LDAP connection is used for the updates, if it is not otherwise specified "
"by using the <quote>dyndns_iface</quote> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1214
msgid "Default: 3600 (seconds)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1230
msgid ""
"Default: Use the IP addresses of the interface which is used for AD LDAP "
"connection"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1243
msgid ""
"How often should the back end perform periodic DNS update in addition to the "
"automatic update performed when the back end goes online.  This option is "
"optional and applicable only when dyndns_update is true. Note that the "
"lowest possible value is 60 seconds in-case if value is provided less than "
"60, parameter will assume lowest value only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1393
msgid ""
"The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and example."
"com is one of the domains in the <replaceable>[sssd]</replaceable> section. "
"This example shows only the AD provider-specific options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1400
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/EXAMPLE]\n"
"id_provider = ad\n"
"auth_provider = ad\n"
"access_provider = ad\n"
"chpass_provider = ad\n"
"\n"
"ad_server = dc1.example.com\n"
"ad_hostname = client.example.com\n"
"ad_domain = example.com\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1420
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"access_provider = ldap\n"
"ldap_access_order = expire\n"
"ldap_account_expire_policy = ad\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1416
msgid ""
"The AD access control provider checks if the account is expired.  It has the "
"same effect as the following configuration of the LDAP provider: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1426
msgid ""
"However, unless the <quote>ad</quote> access control provider is explicitly "
"configured, the default access provider is <quote>permit</quote>. Please "
"note that if you configure an access provider other than <quote>ad</quote>, "
"you need to set all the connection parameters (such as LDAP URIs and "
"encryption details) manually."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ad.5.xml:1434
msgid ""
"When the autofs provider is set to <quote>ad</quote>, the RFC2307 schema "
"attribute mapping (nisMap, nisObject, ...) is used, because these attributes "
"are included in the default Active Directory schema."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:10 sssd-sudo.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-sudo"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:17
msgid "Configuring sudo with the SSSD back end"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page describes how to configure <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sudo</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> "
"to work with <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> and how SSSD caches sudo rules."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:36
msgid "Configuring sudo to cooperate with SSSD"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:38
msgid ""
"To enable SSSD as a source for sudo rules, add <emphasis>sss</emphasis> to "
"the <emphasis>sudoers</emphasis> entry in <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>nsswitch.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:47
msgid ""
"For example, to configure sudo to first lookup rules in the standard "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sudoers</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> file (which should contain rules that apply to "
"local users) and then in SSSD, the nsswitch.conf file should contain the "
"following line:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudoers: files sss\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:61
msgid ""
"More information about configuring the sudoers search order from the "
"nsswitch.conf file as well as information about the LDAP schema that is used "
"to store sudo rules in the directory can be found in <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sudoers.ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:70
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Note</emphasis>: in order to use netgroups or IPA hostgroups in "
"sudo rules, you also need to correctly set <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>nisdomainname</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> to your NIS domain name (which equals to IPA domain name when "
"using hostgroups)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:82
msgid "Configuring SSSD to fetch sudo rules"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:84
msgid ""
"All configuration that is needed on SSSD side is to extend the list of "
"<emphasis>services</emphasis> with \"sudo\" in [sssd] section of "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>. To speed up the LDAP lookups, you can also set "
"search base for sudo rules using <emphasis>ldap_sudo_search_base</emphasis> "
"option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:94
msgid ""
"The following example shows how to configure SSSD to download sudo rules "
"from an LDAP server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:99
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[sssd]\n"
"config_file_version = 2\n"
"services = nss, pam, sudo\n"
"domains = EXAMPLE\n"
"\n"
"[domain/EXAMPLE]\n"
"id_provider = ldap\n"
"sudo_provider = ldap\n"
"ldap_uri = ldap://example.com\n"
"ldap_sudo_search_base = ou=sudoers,dc=example,dc=com\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:98
msgid ""
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> <phrase "
"condition=\"have_systemd\"> It's important to note that on platforms where "
"systemd is supported there's no need to add the \"sudo\" provider to the "
"list of services, as it became optional. However, sssd-sudo.socket must be "
"enabled instead.  </phrase>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:118
msgid ""
"When SSSD is configured to use IPA as the ID provider, the sudo provider is "
"automatically enabled. The sudo search base is configured to use the IPA "
"native LDAP tree (cn=sudo,$SUFFIX).  If any other search base is defined in "
"sssd.conf, this value will be used instead. The compat tree (ou=sudoers,"
"$SUFFIX) is no longer required for IPA sudo functionality."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:128
msgid "The SUDO rule caching mechanism"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:130
msgid ""
"The biggest challenge, when developing sudo support in SSSD, was to ensure "
"that running sudo with SSSD as the data source provides the same user "
"experience and is as fast as sudo but keeps providing the most current set "
"of rules as possible. To satisfy these requirements, SSSD uses three kinds "
"of updates. They are referred to as full refresh, smart refresh and rules "
"refresh."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:138
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>smart refresh</emphasis> periodically downloads rules that are "
"new or were modified after the last update. Its primary goal is to keep the "
"database growing by fetching only small increments that do not generate "
"large amounts of network traffic."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:144
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>full refresh</emphasis> simply deletes all sudo rules stored "
"in the cache and replaces them with all rules that are stored on the server. "
"This is used to keep the cache consistent by removing every rule which was "
"deleted from the server. However, full refresh may produce a lot of traffic "
"and thus it should be run only occasionally depending on the size and "
"stability of the sudo rules."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:152
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>rules refresh</emphasis> ensures that we do not grant the user "
"more permission than defined. It is triggered each time the user runs sudo. "
"Rules refresh will find all rules that apply to this user, check their "
"expiration time and redownload them if expired.  In the case that any of "
"these rules are missing on the server, the SSSD will do an out of band full "
"refresh because more rules (that apply to other users) may have been deleted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:161
msgid ""
"If enabled, SSSD will store only rules that can be applied to this machine. "
"This means rules that contain one of the following values in "
"<emphasis>sudoHost</emphasis> attribute:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:168
msgid "keyword ALL"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:173
msgid "wildcard"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:178
msgid "netgroup (in the form \"+netgroup\")"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:183
msgid "hostname or fully qualified domain name of this machine"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:188
msgid "one of the IP addresses of this machine"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:193
msgid "one of the IP addresses of the network (in the form \"address/mask\")"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:199
msgid ""
"There are many configuration options that can be used to adjust the "
"behavior. Please refer to \"ldap_sudo_*\" in <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> and \"sudo_*\" in <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:213
msgid "Tuning the performance"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:215
msgid ""
"SSSD uses different kinds of mechanisms with more or less complex LDAP "
"filters to keep the cached sudo rules up to date. The default configuration "
"is set to values that should satisfy most of our users, but the following "
"paragraphs contain few tips on how to fine- tune the configuration to your "
"requirements."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:222
msgid ""
"1. <emphasis>Index LDAP attributes</emphasis>. Make sure that following LDAP "
"attributes are indexed: objectClass, cn, entryUSN or modifyTimestamp."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:227
msgid ""
"2. <emphasis>Set ldap_sudo_search_base</emphasis>. Set the search base to "
"the container that holds the sudo rules to limit the scope of the lookup."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:232
msgid ""
"3. <emphasis>Set full and smart refresh interval</emphasis>. If your sudo "
"rules do not change often and you do not require quick update of cached "
"rules on your clients, you may consider increasing the "
"<emphasis>ldap_sudo_full_refresh_interval</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>ldap_sudo_smart_refresh_interval</emphasis>. You may also consider "
"disabling the smart refresh by setting "
"<emphasis>ldap_sudo_smart_refresh_interval = 0</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-sudo.5.xml:241
msgid ""
"4. If you have large number of clients, you may consider increasing the "
"value of <emphasis>ldap_sudo_random_offset</emphasis> to distribute the load "
"on the server better."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd.8.xml:10 sssd.8.xml:15
msgid "sssd"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd.8.xml:16
msgid "System Security Services Daemon"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sssd.8.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sssd</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:31
msgid ""
"<command>SSSD</command> provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote "
"directories and authentication mechanisms. It provides an NSS and PAM "
"interface toward the system and a pluggable backend system to connect to "
"multiple different account sources as well as D-Bus interface. It is also "
"the basis to provide client auditing and policy services for projects like "
"FreeIPA. It provides a more robust database to store local users as well as "
"extended user data."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:46
msgid ""
"<option>-d</option>,<option>--debug-level</option> <replaceable>LEVEL</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:53
msgid "<option>--debug-timestamps=</option><replaceable>mode</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:57
msgid "<emphasis>1</emphasis>: Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:60
msgid "<emphasis>0</emphasis>: Disable timestamp in the debug messages"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:69
msgid "<option>--debug-microseconds=</option><replaceable>mode</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:73
msgid ""
"<emphasis>1</emphasis>: Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:76
msgid "<emphasis>0</emphasis>: Disable microseconds in timestamp"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:85
msgid "<option>--logger=</option><replaceable>value</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:89
msgid "Location where SSSD will send log messages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:92
msgid ""
"<emphasis>stderr</emphasis>: Redirect debug messages to standard error "
"output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:96
msgid ""
"<emphasis>files</emphasis>: Redirect debug messages to the log files. By "
"default, the log files are stored in <filename>/var/log/sssd</filename> and "
"there are separate log files for every SSSD service and domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:102
msgid ""
"<emphasis>journald</emphasis>: Redirect debug messages to systemd-journald"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:106
msgid ""
"Default: not set (fall back to journald if available, otherwise to stderr)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:113
msgid "<option>-D</option>,<option>--daemon</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:117
msgid "Become a daemon after starting up."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:123 sss_seed.8.xml:136
msgid "<option>-i</option>,<option>--interactive</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:127
msgid "Run in the foreground, don't become a daemon."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:133
msgid "<option>-c</option>,<option>--config</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:137
msgid ""
"Specify a non-default config file. The default is <filename>/etc/sssd/sssd."
"conf</filename>. For reference on the config file syntax and options, "
"consult the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:150
msgid "<option>-g</option>,<option>--genconf</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:154
msgid ""
"Do not start the SSSD, but refresh the configuration database from the "
"contents of <filename>/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</filename> and exit."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:162
msgid "<option>-s</option>,<option>--genconf-section</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:166
msgid ""
"Similar to <quote>--genconf</quote>, but only refresh a single section from "
"the configuration file.  This option is useful mainly to be called from "
"systemd unit files to allow socket-activated responders to refresh their "
"configuration without requiring the administrator to restart the whole SSSD."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:178
msgid "<option>--version</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:182
msgid "Print version number and exit."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd.8.xml:190
msgid "Signals"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:193
msgid "SIGTERM/SIGINT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:196
msgid ""
"Informs the SSSD to gracefully terminate all of its child processes and then "
"shut down the monitor."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:202
msgid "SIGHUP"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:205
msgid ""
"Tells the SSSD to stop writing to its current debug file descriptors and to "
"close and reopen them. This is meant to facilitate log rolling with programs "
"like logrotate."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:213
msgid "SIGUSR1"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:216
msgid ""
"Tells the SSSD to simulate offline operation for the duration of the "
"<quote>offline_timeout</quote> parameter. This is useful for testing. The "
"signal can be sent to either the sssd process or any sssd_be process "
"directly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd.8.xml:225
msgid "SIGUSR2"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:228
msgid ""
"Tells the SSSD to go online immediately. This is useful for testing. The "
"signal can be sent to either the sssd process or any sssd_be process "
"directly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:240
msgid ""
"If the environment variable SSS_NSS_USE_MEMCACHE is set to \"NO\", client "
"applications will not use the fast in-memory cache."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd.8.xml:244
msgid ""
"If the environment variable SSS_LOCKFREE is set to \"NO\", requests from "
"multiple threads of a single application will be serialized."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:10 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:15
msgid "sss_obfuscate"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:16
msgid "obfuscate a clear text password"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sss_obfuscate</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>[PASSWORD]</"
"replaceable></arg>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:32
msgid ""
"<command>sss_obfuscate</command> converts a given password into human-"
"unreadable format and places it into appropriate domain section of the SSSD "
"config file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:37
msgid ""
"The cleartext password is read from standard input or entered "
"interactively.  The obfuscated password is put into "
"<quote>ldap_default_authtok</quote> parameter of a given SSSD domain and the "
"<quote>ldap_default_authtok_type</quote> parameter is set to "
"<quote>obfuscated_password</quote>. Refer to <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> for more details on these parameters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:49
msgid ""
"Please note that obfuscating the password provides <emphasis>no real "
"security benefit</emphasis> as it is still possible for an attacker to "
"reverse-engineer the password back. Using better authentication mechanisms "
"such as client side certificates or GSSAPI is <emphasis>strongly</emphasis> "
"advised."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:63
msgid "<option>-s</option>,<option>--stdin</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:67
msgid "The password to obfuscate will be read from standard input."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:74 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:127
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:78
msgid ""
"<option>-d</option>,<option>--domain</option> <replaceable>DOMAIN</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:79
msgid ""
"The SSSD domain to use the password in. The default name is <quote>default</"
"quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:86
msgid ""
"<option>-f</option>,<option>--file</option> <replaceable>FILE</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:91
msgid "Read the config file specified by the positional parameter."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:95
msgid "Default: <filename>/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_override.8.xml:10 sss_override.8.xml:15
msgid "sss_override"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_override.8.xml:16
msgid "create local overrides of user and group attributes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sss_override.8.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sss_override</command> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>COMMAND</"
"replaceable></arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</replaceable> </"
"arg>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:32
msgid ""
"<command>sss_override</command> enables to create a client-side view and "
"allows to change selected values of specific user and groups. This change "
"takes effect only on local machine."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:37
msgid ""
"Overrides data are stored in the SSSD cache. If the cache is deleted, all "
"local overrides are lost. Please note that after the first override is "
"created using any of the following <emphasis>user-add</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>group-add</emphasis>, <emphasis>user-import</emphasis> or "
"<emphasis>group-import</emphasis> command. SSSD needs to be restarted to "
"take effect.  <emphasis>sss_override</emphasis> prints message when a "
"restart is required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:48
msgid ""
"<emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> The options provided in this man page only work "
"with <quote>ldap</quote> and <quote>AD</quote> <quote> id_provider</quote>. "
"IPA overrides can be managed centrally on the IPA server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sss_override.8.xml:56 sssctl.8.xml:41
msgid "AVAILABLE COMMANDS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:58
msgid ""
"Argument <emphasis>NAME</emphasis> is the name of original object in all "
"commands. It is not possible to override <emphasis>uid</emphasis> or "
"<emphasis>gid</emphasis> to 0."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:65
msgid ""
"<option>user-add</option> <emphasis>NAME</emphasis> <optional><option>-n,--"
"name</option> NAME</optional> <optional><option>-u,--uid</option> UID</"
"optional> <optional><option>-g,--gid</option> GID</optional> "
"<optional><option>-h,--home</option> HOME</optional> <optional><option>-s,--"
"shell</option> SHELL</optional> <optional><option>-c,--gecos</option> GECOS</"
"optional> <optional><option>-x,--certificate</option> BASE64 ENCODED "
"CERTIFICATE</optional>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:78
msgid ""
"Override attributes of an user. Please be aware that calling this command "
"will replace any previous override for the (NAMEd) user."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:86
msgid "<option>user-del</option> <emphasis>NAME</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:91
msgid ""
"Remove user overrides. However be aware that overridden attributes might be "
"returned from memory cache. Please see SSSD option "
"<emphasis>memcache_timeout</emphasis> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:100
msgid ""
"<option>user-find</option> <optional><option>-d,--domain</option> DOMAIN</"
"optional>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:105
msgid ""
"List all users with set overrides.  If <emphasis>DOMAIN</emphasis> parameter "
"is set, only users from the domain are listed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:113
msgid "<option>user-show</option> <emphasis>NAME</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:118
msgid "Show user overrides."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:124
msgid "<option>user-import</option> <emphasis>FILE</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:129
msgid ""
"Import user overrides from <emphasis>FILE</emphasis>.  Data format is "
"similar to standard passwd file.  The format is:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:134
msgid "original_name:name:uid:gid:gecos:home:shell:base64_encoded_certificate"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:137
msgid ""
"where original_name is original name of the user whose attributes should be "
"overridden. The rest of fields correspond to new values. You can omit a "
"value simply by leaving corresponding field empty."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:146
msgid "ckent:superman::::::"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:149
msgid "ckent@krypton.com::501:501:Superman:/home/earth:/bin/bash:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:155
msgid "<option>user-export</option> <emphasis>FILE</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:160
msgid ""
"Export all overridden attributes and store them in <emphasis>FILE</"
"emphasis>. See <emphasis>user-import</emphasis> for data format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:168
msgid ""
"<option>group-add</option> <emphasis>NAME</emphasis> <optional><option>-n,--"
"name</option> NAME</optional> <optional><option>-g,--gid</option> GID</"
"optional>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:175
msgid ""
"Override attributes of a group. Please be aware that calling this command "
"will replace any previous override for the (NAMEd) group."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:183
msgid "<option>group-del</option> <emphasis>NAME</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:188
msgid ""
"Remove group overrides. However be aware that overridden attributes might be "
"returned from memory cache. Please see SSSD option "
"<emphasis>memcache_timeout</emphasis> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:197
msgid ""
"<option>group-find</option> <optional><option>-d,--domain</option> DOMAIN</"
"optional>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:202
msgid ""
"List all groups with set overrides.  If <emphasis>DOMAIN</emphasis> "
"parameter is set, only groups from the domain are listed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:210
msgid "<option>group-show</option> <emphasis>NAME</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:215
msgid "Show group overrides."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:221
msgid "<option>group-import</option> <emphasis>FILE</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:226
msgid ""
"Import group overrides from <emphasis>FILE</emphasis>.  Data format is "
"similar to standard group file.  The format is:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:231
msgid "original_name:name:gid"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:234
msgid ""
"where original_name is original name of the group whose attributes should be "
"overridden. The rest of fields correspond to new values. You can omit a "
"value simply by leaving corresponding field empty."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:243
msgid "admins:administrators:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:246
msgid "Domain Users:Users:501"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:252
msgid "<option>group-export</option> <emphasis>FILE</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:257
msgid ""
"Export all overridden attributes and store them in <emphasis>FILE</"
"emphasis>. See <emphasis>group-import</emphasis> for data format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sss_override.8.xml:267 sssctl.8.xml:50
msgid "COMMON OPTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_override.8.xml:269 sssctl.8.xml:52
msgid "Those options are available with all commands."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_override.8.xml:274 sssctl.8.xml:57
msgid "<option>--debug</option> <replaceable>LEVEL</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:10 sssd-krb5.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-krb5"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:17
msgid "SSSD Kerberos provider"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page describes the configuration of the Kerberos 5 "
"authentication backend for <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>.  For a detailed "
"syntax reference, please refer to the <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> section of "
"the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:36
msgid ""
"The Kerberos 5 authentication backend contains auth and chpass providers. It "
"must be paired with an identity provider in order to function properly (for "
"example, id_provider = ldap). Some information required by the Kerberos 5 "
"authentication backend must be provided by the identity provider, such as "
"the user's Kerberos Principal Name (UPN). The configuration of the identity "
"provider should have an entry to specify the UPN. Please refer to the man "
"page for the applicable identity provider for details on how to configure "
"this."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:47
msgid ""
"This backend also provides access control based on the .k5login file in the "
"home directory of the user. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>k5login</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more details. "
"Please note that an empty .k5login file will deny all access to this user. "
"To activate this feature, use 'access_provider = krb5' in your SSSD "
"configuration."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:55
msgid ""
"In the case where the UPN is not available in the identity backend, "
"<command>sssd</command> will construct a UPN using the format "
"<replaceable>username</replaceable>@<replaceable>krb5_realm</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:77
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the "
"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference. "
"For more information on failover and server redundancy, see the "
"<quote>FAILOVER</quote> section. An optional port number (preceded by a "
"colon) may be appended to the addresses or hostnames.  If empty, service "
"discovery is enabled; for more information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE "
"DISCOVERY</quote> section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:106
msgid ""
"The name of the Kerberos realm. This option is required and must be "
"specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:113
msgid "krb5_kpasswd, krb5_backup_kpasswd (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:116
msgid ""
"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative "
"servers can be defined here. An optional port number (preceded by a colon) "
"may be appended to the addresses or hostnames."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:122
msgid ""
"For more information on failover and server redundancy, see the "
"<quote>FAILOVER</quote> section.  NOTE: Even if there are no more kpasswd "
"servers to try, the backend is not switched to operate offline if "
"authentication against the KDC is still possible."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:129
msgid "Default: Use the KDC"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:135
msgid "krb5_ccachedir (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:138
msgid ""
"Directory to store credential caches. All the substitution sequences of "
"krb5_ccname_template can be used here, too, except %d and %P.  The directory "
"is created as private and owned by the user, with permissions set to 0700."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:145
msgid "Default: /tmp"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:151
msgid "krb5_ccname_template (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:165 include/override_homedir.xml:11
msgid "%u"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:166 include/override_homedir.xml:12
msgid "login name"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:169 include/override_homedir.xml:15
msgid "%U"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:170
msgid "login UID"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:173
msgid "%p"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:174
msgid "principal name"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:178
msgid "%r"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:179
msgid "realm name"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:182 include/override_homedir.xml:42
msgid "%h"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:183 sssd-ifp.5.xml:124
msgid "home directory"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:187 include/override_homedir.xml:19
msgid "%d"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:188
msgid "value of krb5_ccachedir"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:193 include/override_homedir.xml:31
msgid "%P"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:194
msgid "the process ID of the SSSD client"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:199 include/override_homedir.xml:56
msgid "%%"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:200 include/override_homedir.xml:57
msgid "a literal '%'"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:154
msgid ""
"Location of the user's credential cache. Three credential cache types are "
"currently supported: <quote>FILE</quote>, <quote>DIR</quote> and "
"<quote>KEYRING:persistent</quote>. The cache can be specified either as "
"<replaceable>TYPE:RESIDUAL</replaceable>, or as an absolute path, which "
"implies the <quote>FILE</quote> type. In the template, the following "
"sequences are substituted: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> If "
"the template ends with 'XXXXXX' mkstemp(3) is used to create a unique "
"filename in a safe way."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:208
msgid ""
"When using KEYRING types, the only supported mechanism is <quote>KEYRING:"
"persistent:%U</quote>, which uses the Linux kernel keyring to store "
"credentials on a per-UID basis. This is also the recommended choice, as it "
"is the most secure and predictable method."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:216
msgid ""
"The default value for the credential cache name is sourced from the profile "
"stored in the system wide krb5.conf configuration file in the [libdefaults] "
"section. The option name is default_ccache_name.  See krb5.conf(5)'s "
"PARAMETER EXPANSION paragraph for additional information on the expansion "
"format defined by krb5.conf."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:225
msgid ""
"NOTE: Please be aware that libkrb5 ccache expansion template from "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>krb5.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> uses different expansion sequences than SSSD."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:234
msgid "Default: (from libkrb5)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:240
msgid "krb5_keytab (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:243
msgid ""
"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from "
"KDCs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:253
msgid "krb5_store_password_if_offline (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:256
msgid ""
"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to "
"request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:261
msgid ""
"NOTE: this feature is only available on Linux.  Passwords stored in this way "
"are kept in plaintext in the kernel keyring and are potentially accessible "
"by the root user (with difficulty)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:274
msgid "krb5_use_fast (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:277
msgid ""
"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-"
"authentication. The following options are supported:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:282
msgid ""
"<emphasis>never</emphasis> use FAST. This is equivalent to not setting this "
"option at all."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:286
msgid ""
"<emphasis>try</emphasis> to use FAST. If the server does not support FAST, "
"continue the authentication without it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:291
msgid ""
"<emphasis>demand</emphasis> to use FAST. The authentication fails if the "
"server does not require fast."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:296
msgid "Default: not set, i.e. FAST is not used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:299
msgid "NOTE: a keytab or support for anonymous PKINIT is required to use FAST."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:303
msgid ""
"NOTE: SSSD supports FAST only with MIT Kerberos version 1.8 and later. If "
"SSSD is used with an older version of MIT Kerberos, using this option is a "
"configuration error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:312
msgid "krb5_fast_principal (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:315
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:321
msgid "krb5_fast_use_anonymous_pkinit (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:324
msgid ""
"If set to true try to use anonymous PKINIT instead of a keytab to get the "
"required credential for FAST. The krb5_fast_principal options is ignored in "
"this case."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:364
msgid "krb5_kdcinfo_lookahead (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:367
msgid ""
"When krb5_use_kdcinfo is set to true, you can limit the amount of servers "
"handed to <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>.  This might be "
"helpful when there are too many servers discovered using SRV record."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:377
msgid ""
"The krb5_kdcinfo_lookahead option contains two numbers separated by a colon. "
"The first number represents number of primary servers used and the second "
"number specifies the number of backup servers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:383
msgid ""
"For example <emphasis>10:0</emphasis> means that up to 10 primary servers "
"will be handed to <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> but no backup "
"servers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:392
msgid "Default: 3:1"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:398
msgid "krb5_use_enterprise_principal (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:401
msgid ""
"Specifies if the user principal should be treated as enterprise principal. "
"See section 5 of RFC 6806 for more details about enterprise principals."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:407
msgid "Default: false (AD provider: true)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:410
msgid ""
"The IPA provider will set to option to 'true' if it detects that the server "
"is capable of handling enterprise principals and the option is not set "
"explicitly in the config file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:419
msgid "krb5_use_subdomain_realm (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:422
msgid ""
"Specifies to use subdomains realms for the authentication of users from "
"trusted domains. This option can be set to 'true' if enterprise principals "
"are used with upnSuffixes which are not known on the parent domain KDCs. If "
"the option is set to 'true' SSSD will try to send the request directly to a "
"KDC of the trusted domain the user is coming from."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:438
msgid "krb5_map_user (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:441
msgid ""
"The list of mappings is given as a comma-separated list of pairs "
"<quote>username:primary</quote> where <quote>username</quote> is a UNIX user "
"name and <quote>primary</quote> is a user part of a kerberos principal. This "
"mapping is used when user is authenticating using <quote>auth_provider = "
"krb5</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:453
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"krb5_realm = REALM\n"
"krb5_map_user = joe:juser,dick:richard\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:458
msgid ""
"<quote>joe</quote> and <quote>dick</quote> are UNIX user names and "
"<quote>juser</quote> and <quote>richard</quote> are primaries of kerberos "
"principals. For user <quote>joe</quote> resp.  <quote>dick</quote> SSSD will "
"try to kinit as <quote>juser@REALM</quote> resp.  <quote>richard@REALM</"
"quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:65
msgid ""
"If the auth-module krb5 is used in an SSSD domain, the following options "
"must be used. See the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page, section "
"<quote>DOMAIN SECTIONS</quote>, for details on the configuration of an SSSD "
"domain.  <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:485
msgid ""
"The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and FOO is "
"one of the domains in the <replaceable>[sssd]</replaceable> section. This "
"example shows only configuration of Kerberos authentication; it does not "
"include any identity provider."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-krb5.5.xml:493
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/FOO]\n"
"auth_provider = krb5\n"
"krb5_server = 192.168.1.1\n"
"krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:10 sss_cache.8.xml:15
msgid "sss_cache"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:16
msgid "perform cache cleanup"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sss_cache</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:31
msgid ""
"<command>sss_cache</command> invalidates records in SSSD cache.  Invalidated "
"records are forced to be reloaded from server as soon as related SSSD "
"backend is online. Options that invalidate a single object only accept a "
"single provided argument."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:43
msgid "<option>-E</option>,<option>--everything</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:47
msgid "Invalidate all cached entries."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:53
msgid ""
"<option>-u</option>,<option>--user</option> <replaceable>login</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:58
msgid "Invalidate specific user."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:64
msgid "<option>-U</option>,<option>--users</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:68
msgid ""
"Invalidate all user records. This option overrides invalidation of specific "
"user if it was also set."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:75
msgid ""
"<option>-g</option>,<option>--group</option> <replaceable>group</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:80
msgid "Invalidate specific group."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:86
msgid "<option>-G</option>,<option>--groups</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:90
msgid ""
"Invalidate all group records. This option overrides invalidation of specific "
"group if it was also set."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:97
msgid ""
"<option>-n</option>,<option>--netgroup</option> <replaceable>netgroup</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:102
msgid "Invalidate specific netgroup."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:108
msgid "<option>-N</option>,<option>--netgroups</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:112
msgid ""
"Invalidate all netgroup records. This option overrides invalidation of "
"specific netgroup if it was also set."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:119
msgid ""
"<option>-s</option>,<option>--service</option> <replaceable>service</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:124
msgid "Invalidate specific service."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:130
msgid "<option>-S</option>,<option>--services</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:134
msgid ""
"Invalidate all service records. This option overrides invalidation of "
"specific service if it was also set."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:141
msgid ""
"<option>-a</option>,<option>--autofs-map</option> <replaceable>autofs-map</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:146
msgid "Invalidate specific autofs maps."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:152
msgid "<option>-A</option>,<option>--autofs-maps</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:156
msgid ""
"Invalidate all autofs maps. This option overrides invalidation of specific "
"map if it was also set."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:163
msgid ""
"<option>-h</option>,<option>--ssh-host</option> <replaceable>hostname</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:168
msgid "Invalidate SSH public keys of a specific host."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:174
msgid "<option>-H</option>,<option>--ssh-hosts</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:178
msgid ""
"Invalidate SSH public keys of all hosts. This option overrides invalidation "
"of SSH public keys of specific host if it was also set."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:186
msgid ""
"<option>-r</option>,<option>--sudo-rule</option> <replaceable>rule</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:191
msgid "Invalidate particular sudo rule."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:197
msgid "<option>-R</option>,<option>--sudo-rules</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:201
msgid ""
"Invalidate all cached sudo rules. This option overrides invalidation of "
"specific sudo rule if it was also set."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:209
msgid ""
"<option>-d</option>,<option>--domain</option> <replaceable>domain</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:214
msgid "Restrict invalidation process only to a particular domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:224
msgid "EFFECTS ON THE FAST MEMORY CACHE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:226
msgid ""
"<command>sss_cache</command> also invalidates the memory cache.  Since the "
"memory cache is a file which is mapped into the memory of each process which "
"called SSSD to resolve users or groups the file cannot be truncated. A "
"special flag is set in the header of the file to indicate that the content "
"is invalid and then the file is unlinked by SSSD's NSS responder and a new "
"cache file is created.  Whenever a process is now doing a new lookup for a "
"user or a group it will see the flag, close the old memory cache file and "
"map the new one into its memory. When all processes which had opened the old "
"memory cache file have closed it while looking up a user or a group the "
"kernel can release the occupied disk space and the old memory cache file is "
"finally removed completely."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:240
msgid ""
"A special case is long running processes which are doing user or group "
"lookups only at startup, e.g. to determine the name of the user the process "
"is running as. For those lookups the memory cache file is mapped into the "
"memory of the process. But since there will be no further lookups this "
"process would never detect if the memory cache file was invalidated and "
"hence it will be kept in memory and will occupy disk space until the process "
"stops. As a result calling <command>sss_cache</command> might increase the "
"disk usage because old memory cache files cannot be removed from the disk "
"because they are still mapped by long running processes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_cache.8.xml:252
msgid ""
"A possible work-around for long running processes which are looking up users "
"and groups only at startup or very rarely is to run them with the "
"environment variable SSS_NSS_USE_MEMCACHE set to \"NO\" so that they won't "
"use the memory cache at all and not map the memory cache file into the "
"memory. In general a better solution is to tune the cache timeout parameters "
"so that they meet the local expectations and calling <command>sss_cache</"
"command> is not needed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_debuglevel.8.xml:10 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:15
msgid "sss_debuglevel"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_debuglevel.8.xml:16
msgid "[DEPRECATED] change debug level while SSSD is running"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sss_debuglevel.8.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sss_debuglevel</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>NEW_DEBUG_LEVEL</"
"replaceable></arg>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_debuglevel.8.xml:32
msgid ""
"<command>sss_debuglevel</command> is deprecated and replaced by the sssctl "
"debug-level command. Please refer to the <command>sssctl</command> man page "
"for more information on sssctl usage."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:10 sss_seed.8.xml:15
msgid "sss_seed"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:16
msgid "seed the SSSD cache with a user"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sss_seed</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'>-D <replaceable>DOMAIN</"
"replaceable></arg> <arg choice='plain'>-n <replaceable>USER</replaceable></"
"arg>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:33
msgid ""
"<command>sss_seed</command> seeds the SSSD cache with a user entry and "
"temporary password. If a user entry is already present in the SSSD cache "
"then the entry is updated with the temporary password."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:46
msgid ""
"<option>-D</option>,<option>--domain</option> <replaceable>DOMAIN</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:51
msgid ""
"Provide the name of the domain in which the user is a member of. The domain "
"is also used to retrieve user information. The domain must be configured in "
"sssd.conf. The <replaceable>DOMAIN</replaceable> option must be provided.  "
"Information retrieved from the domain overrides what is provided in the "
"options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:63
msgid ""
"<option>-n</option>,<option>--username</option> <replaceable>USER</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:68
msgid ""
"The username of the entry to be created or modified in the cache. The "
"<replaceable>USER</replaceable> option must be provided."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:76
msgid ""
"<option>-u</option>,<option>--uid</option> <replaceable>UID</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:81
msgid "Set the UID of the user to <replaceable>UID</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:88
msgid ""
"<option>-g</option>,<option>--gid</option> <replaceable>GID</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:93
msgid "Set the GID of the user to <replaceable>GID</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:100
msgid ""
"<option>-c</option>,<option>--gecos</option> <replaceable>COMMENT</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:105
msgid ""
"Any text string describing the user. Often used as the field for the user's "
"full name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:112
msgid ""
"<option>-h</option>,<option>--home</option> <replaceable>HOME_DIR</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:117
msgid ""
"Set the home directory of the user to <replaceable>HOME_DIR</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:124
msgid ""
"<option>-s</option>,<option>--shell</option> <replaceable>SHELL</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:129
msgid "Set the login shell of the user to <replaceable>SHELL</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:140
msgid ""
"Interactive mode for entering user information. This option will only prompt "
"for information not provided in the options or retrieved from the domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:148
msgid ""
"<option>-p</option>,<option>--password-file</option> <replaceable>PASS_FILE</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:153
msgid ""
"Specify file to read user's password from. (if not specified password is "
"prompted for)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_seed.8.xml:165
msgid ""
"The length of the password (or the size of file specified with -p or --"
"password-file option) must be less than or equal to PASS_MAX bytes (64 bytes "
"on systems with no globally-defined PASS_MAX value)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:10 sssd-ifp.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-ifp"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:17
msgid "SSSD InfoPipe responder"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page describes the configuration of the InfoPipe responder for "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
"</citerefentry>.  For a detailed syntax reference, refer to the <quote>FILE "
"FORMAT</quote> section of the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:36
msgid ""
"The InfoPipe responder provides a public D-Bus interface accessible over the "
"system bus. The interface allows the user to query information about remote "
"users and groups over the system bus."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:43
msgid "FIND BY VALID CERTIFICATE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:45
msgid ""
"The following options can be used to control how the certificates are "
"validated when using the FindByValidCertificate() API:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:48 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:92
msgid "ca_db"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:49 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:93
msgid "p11_child_timeout"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:50 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:94
msgid "certificate_verification"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:52
msgid ""
"For more details about the options see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd."
"conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:62
msgid "These options can be used to configure the InfoPipe responder."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:69
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
"allowed to access the InfoPipe responder. User names are resolved to UIDs at "
"startup."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:75
msgid ""
"Default: 0 (only the root user is allowed to access the InfoPipe responder)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:79
msgid ""
"Please note that although the UID 0 is used as the default it will be "
"overwritten with this option. If you still want to allow the root user to "
"access the InfoPipe responder, which would be the typical case, you have to "
"add 0 to the list of allowed UIDs as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:93
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of white or blacklisted attributes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:107
msgid "name"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:108
msgid "user's login name"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:111
msgid "uidNumber"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:112
msgid "user ID"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:115
msgid "gidNumber"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:116
msgid "primary group ID"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:119
msgid "gecos"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:120
msgid "user information, typically full name"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:123
msgid "homeDirectory"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:127
msgid "loginShell"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:128
msgid "user shell"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:97
msgid ""
"By default, the InfoPipe responder only allows the default set of POSIX "
"attributes to be requested. This set is the same as returned by "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getpwnam</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> and includes: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" "
"id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:141
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"user_attributes = +telephoneNumber, -loginShell\n"
"                        "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:133
msgid ""
"It is possible to add another attribute to this set by using "
"<quote>+attr_name</quote> or explicitly remove an attribute using <quote>-"
"attr_name</quote>. For example, to allow <quote>telephoneNumber</quote> but "
"deny <quote>loginShell</quote>, you would use the following configuration: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:145
msgid "Default: not set. Only the default set of POSIX attributes is allowed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:155
msgid ""
"Specifies an upper limit on the number of entries that are downloaded during "
"a wildcard lookup that overrides caller-supplied limit."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ifp.5.xml:160
msgid "Default: 0 (let the caller set an upper limit)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refentryinfo>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:8
msgid ""
"<productname>sss rpc.idmapd plugin</productname> <author> <firstname>Noam</"
"firstname> <surname>Meltzer</surname> <affiliation> <orgname>Primary Data "
"Inc.</orgname> </affiliation> <contrib>Developer (2013-2014)</contrib> </"
"author> <author> <firstname>Noam</firstname> <surname>Meltzer</surname> "
"<contrib>Developer (2014-)</contrib> <email>tsnoam@gmail.com</email> </"
"author>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:26 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:32
msgid "sss_rpcidmapd"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:33
msgid "sss plugin configuration directives for rpc.idmapd"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:37
msgid "CONFIGURATION FILE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:39
msgid ""
"rpc.idmapd configuration file is usually found at <emphasis>/etc/idmapd."
"conf</emphasis>. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>idmapd.conf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:49
msgid "SSS CONFIGURATION EXTENSION"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:51
msgid "Enable SSS plugin"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:53
msgid ""
"In section <quote>[Translation]</quote>, modify/set <quote>Method</quote> "
"attribute to contain <emphasis>sss</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:59
msgid "[sss] config section"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:61
msgid ""
"In order to change the default of one of the configuration attributes of the "
"<emphasis>sss</emphasis> plugin listed below you will need to create a "
"config section for it, named <quote>[sss]</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:67
msgid "Configuration attributes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:69
msgid "memcache (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:72
msgid "Indicates whether or not to use memcache optimisation technique."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:85
msgid "SSSD INTEGRATION"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:87
msgid ""
"The sss plugin requires the <emphasis>NSS Responder</emphasis> to be enabled "
"in sssd."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:91
msgid ""
"The attribute <quote>use_fully_qualified_names</quote> must be enabled on "
"all domains (NFSv4 clients expect a fully qualified name to be sent on the "
"wire)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:103
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[General]\n"
"Verbosity = 2\n"
"# domain must be synced between NFSv4 server and clients\n"
"# Solaris/Illumos/AIX use \"localdomain\" as default!\n"
"Domain = default\n"
"\n"
"[Mapping]\n"
"Nobody-User = nfsnobody\n"
"Nobody-Group = nfsnobody\n"
"\n"
"[Translation]\n"
"Method = sss\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:100
msgid ""
"The following example shows a minimal idmapd.conf which makes use of the sss "
"plugin.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><title>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:120 sssd-kcm.8.xml:316 include/seealso.xml:2
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "另见"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:122
msgid ""
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>idmapd.conf</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:10 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:15
msgid "sss_ssh_authorizedkeys"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:11 sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:11
msgid "1"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:16
msgid "get OpenSSH authorized keys"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</command> <arg choice='opt'> "
"<replaceable>options</replaceable> </arg> <arg "
"choice='plain'><replaceable>USER</replaceable></arg>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:32
msgid ""
"<command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</command> acquires SSH public keys for user "
"<replaceable>USER</replaceable> and outputs them in OpenSSH authorized_keys "
"format (see the <quote>AUTHORIZED_KEYS FILE FORMAT</quote> section of "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for more information)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:41
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> can be configured to use <command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</"
"command> for public key user authentication if it is compiled with support "
"for <quote>AuthorizedKeysCommand</quote> option. Please refer to the "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sshd_config</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> man page for more details about this option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:59
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  AuthorizedKeysCommand /usr/bin/sss_ssh_authorizedkeys\n"
"  AuthorizedKeysCommandUser nobody\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:52
msgid ""
"If <quote>AuthorizedKeysCommand</quote> is supported, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> can be configured to use it by putting the following "
"directives in <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sshd_config</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>: <placeholder "
"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:65
msgid "KEYS FROM CERTIFICATES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:67
msgid ""
"In addition to the public SSH keys for user <replaceable>USER</replaceable> "
"<command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</command> can return public SSH keys derived "
"from the public key of a X.509 certificate as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:73
msgid ""
"To enable this the <quote>ssh_use_certificate_keys</quote> option must be "
"set to true (default) in the [ssh] section of <filename>sssd.conf</"
"filename>. If the user entry contains certificates (see "
"<quote>ldap_user_certificate</quote> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd-"
"ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details) or "
"there is a certificate in an override entry for the user (see "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sss_override</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details) and the "
"certificate is valid SSSD will extract the public key from the certificate "
"and convert it into the format expected by sshd."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:90
msgid "Besides <quote>ssh_use_certificate_keys</quote> the options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:96
msgid ""
"can be used to control how the certificates are validated (see "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:101
msgid ""
"The validation is the benefit of using X.509 certificates instead of SSH "
"keys directly because e.g. it gives a better control of the lifetime of the "
"keys. When the ssh client is configured to use the private keys from a "
"Smartcard with the help of a PKCS#11 shared library (see "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for details) it might be irritating that authentication is "
"still working even if the related X.509 certificate on the Smartcard is "
"already expired because neither <command>ssh</command> nor <command>sshd</"
"command> will look at the certificate at all."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:114
msgid ""
"It has to be noted that the derived public SSH key can still be added to the "
"<filename>authorized_keys</filename> file of the user to bypass the "
"certificate validation if the <command>sshd</command> configuration permits "
"this."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:132
msgid ""
"Search for user public keys in SSSD domain <replaceable>DOMAIN</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:141 sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:102
msgid "EXIT STATUS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:143 sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:104
msgid ""
"In case of success, an exit value of 0 is returned. Otherwise, 1 is returned."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:10 sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:15
msgid "sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:16
msgid "get OpenSSH host keys"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy</command> <arg choice='opt'> "
"<replaceable>options</replaceable> </arg> <arg "
"choice='plain'><replaceable>HOST</replaceable></arg> <arg "
"choice='opt'><replaceable>PROXY_COMMAND</replaceable></arg>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:33
msgid ""
"<command>sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy</command> acquires SSH host public keys for "
"host <replaceable>HOST</replaceable>, stores them in a custom OpenSSH "
"known_hosts file (see the <quote>SSH_KNOWN_HOSTS FILE FORMAT</quote> section "
"of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information)  <filename>/var/lib/sss/"
"pubconf/known_hosts</filename> and establishes the connection to the host."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:43
msgid ""
"If <replaceable>PROXY_COMMAND</replaceable> is specified, it is used to "
"create the connection to the host instead of opening a socket."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:55
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ProxyCommand /usr/bin/sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy -p %p %h\n"
"GlobalKnownHostsFile /var/lib/sss/pubconf/known_hosts\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:48
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> can be configured to use <command>sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy</"
"command> for host key authentication by using the following directives for "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> configuration: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:66
msgid ""
"<option>-p</option>,<option>--port</option> <replaceable>PORT</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:71
msgid ""
"Use port <replaceable>PORT</replaceable> to connect to the host.  By "
"default, port 22 is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:83
msgid ""
"Search for host public keys in SSSD domain <replaceable>DOMAIN</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:89
msgid "<option>-k</option>,<option>--pubkey</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:93
msgid ""
"Print the host ssh public keys for host <replaceable>HOST</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: idmap_sss.8.xml:10 idmap_sss.8.xml:15
msgid "idmap_sss"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: idmap_sss.8.xml:16
msgid "SSSD's idmap_sss Backend for Winbind"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: idmap_sss.8.xml:22
msgid ""
"The idmap_sss module provides a way to call SSSD to map UIDs/GIDs and SIDs. "
"No database is required in this case as the mapping is done by SSSD."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: idmap_sss.8.xml:29
msgid "IDMAP OPTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: idmap_sss.8.xml:33
msgid "range = low - high"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: idmap_sss.8.xml:35
msgid ""
"Defines the available matching UID and GID range for which the backend is "
"authoritative."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: idmap_sss.8.xml:45
msgid ""
"This example shows how to configure idmap_sss as the default mapping module."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><programlisting>
#: idmap_sss.8.xml:50
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[global]\n"
"security = ads\n"
"workgroup = &lt;AD-DOMAIN-SHORTNAME&gt;\n"
"\n"
"idmap config &lt;AD-DOMAIN-SHORTNAME&gt; : backend        = sss\n"
"idmap config &lt;AD-DOMAIN-SHORTNAME&gt; : range          = 200000-2147483647\n"
"\n"
"idmap config * : backend        = tdb\n"
"idmap config * : range          = 100000-199999\n"
"        "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: idmap_sss.8.xml:62
msgid ""
"Please replace &lt;AD-DOMAIN-SHORTNAME&gt; with the NetBIOS domain name of "
"the AD domain. If multiple AD domains should be used each domain needs an "
"<literal>idmap config</literal> line with <literal>backend = sss</literal> "
"and a line with a suitable <literal>range</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: idmap_sss.8.xml:69
msgid ""
"Since Winbind requires a writeable default backend and idmap_sss is read-"
"only the example includes <literal>backend = tdb</literal> as default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssctl.8.xml:10 sssctl.8.xml:15
msgid "sssctl"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssctl.8.xml:16
msgid "SSSD control and status utility"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: sssctl.8.xml:21
msgid ""
"<command>sssctl</command> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>COMMAND</"
"replaceable></arg> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</replaceable> </"
"arg>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssctl.8.xml:32
msgid ""
"<command>sssctl</command> provides a simple and unified way to obtain "
"information about SSSD status, such as active server, auto-discovered "
"servers, domains and cached objects. In addition, it can manage SSSD data "
"files for troubleshooting in such a way that is safe to manipulate while "
"SSSD is running."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssctl.8.xml:43
msgid ""
"To list all available commands run <command>sssctl</command> without any "
"parameters. To print help for selected command run <command>sssctl COMMAND --"
"help</command>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:10 sssd-files.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:17
msgid "SSSD files provider"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page describes the files provider for <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>.  For a detailed syntax reference, refer to the <quote>FILE "
"FORMAT</quote> section of the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:36
msgid ""
"The files provider mirrors the content of the <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> files. The purpose of the files "
"provider is to make the users and groups traditionally only accessible with "
"NSS interfaces also available through the SSSD interfaces such as "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:55
msgid ""
"Another reason is to provide efficient caching of local users and groups."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:58
msgid ""
"Please note that besides explicit domain definition the files provider can "
"be configured also implicitly using 'enable_files_domain' option. See "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:66
msgid ""
"SSSD never handles resolution of user/group \"root\". Also resolution of UID/"
"GID 0 is not handled by SSSD. Such requests are passed to next NSS module "
"(usually files)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:71
msgid ""
"When SSSD is not running or responding, nss_sss returns the UNAVAIL code "
"which causes the request to be passed to the next module."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:95
msgid "passwd_files (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:98
msgid ""
"Comma-separated list of one or multiple password filenames to be read and "
"enumerated by the files provider, inotify monitor watches will be set on "
"each file to detect changes dynamically."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:104
msgid "Default: /etc/passwd"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:110
msgid "group_files (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:113
msgid ""
"Comma-separated list of one or multiple group filenames to be read and "
"enumerated by the files provider, inotify monitor watches will be set on "
"each file to detect changes dynamically."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:119
msgid "Default: /etc/group"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:125
msgid "fallback_to_nss (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:128
msgid ""
"While updating the internal data SSSD will return an error and let the "
"client continue with the next NSS module. This helps to avoid delays when "
"using the default system files <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> and "
"<filename>/etc/group</filename> and the NSS configuration has 'sss' before "
"'files' for the 'passwd' and 'group' maps."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:138
msgid ""
"If the files provider is configured to monitor other files it makes sense to "
"set this option to 'False' to avoid inconsistent behavior because in general "
"there would be no other NSS module which can be used as a fallback."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:79
msgid ""
"In addition to the options listed below, generic SSSD domain options can be "
"set where applicable.  Refer to the section <quote>DOMAIN SECTIONS</quote> "
"of the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for details on the configuration of "
"an SSSD domain. But the purpose of the files provider is to expose the same "
"data as the UNIX files, just through the SSSD interfaces. Therefore not all "
"generic domain options are supported. Likewise, some global options, such as "
"overriding the shell in the <quote>nss</quote> section for all domains has "
"no effect on the files domain unless explicitly specified per-domain.  "
"<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:157
msgid ""
"The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and files is "
"one of the domains in the <replaceable>[sssd]</replaceable> section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:163
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[domain/files]\n"
"id_provider = files\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:168
msgid ""
"To leverage caching of local users and groups by SSSD nss_sss module must be "
"listed before nss_files module in /etc/nsswitch.conf."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-files.5.xml:174
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"passwd:     sss files\n"
"group:      sss files\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:10 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-session-recording"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:17
msgid "Configuring session recording with SSSD"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page describes how to configure <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> "
"to work with <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>tlog-rec-session</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, a part of tlog package, to "
"implement user session recording on text terminals.  For a detailed "
"configuration syntax reference, refer to the <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> "
"section of the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:41
msgid ""
"SSSD can be set up to enable recording of everything specific users see or "
"type during their sessions on text terminals. E.g.  when users log in on the "
"console, or via SSH. SSSD itself doesn't record anything, but makes sure "
"tlog-rec-session is started upon user login, so it can record according to "
"its configuration."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:48
msgid ""
"For users with session recording enabled, SSSD replaces the user shell with "
"tlog-rec-session in NSS responses, and adds a variable specifying the "
"original shell to the user environment, upon PAM session setup. This way "
"tlog-rec-session can be started in place of the user shell, and know which "
"actual shell to start, once it set up the recording."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:60
msgid "These options can be used to configure the session recording."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:178
msgid ""
"The following snippet of sssd.conf enables session recording for users "
"\"contractor1\" and \"contractor2\", and group \"students\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:183
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[session_recording]\n"
"scope = some\n"
"users = contractor1, contractor2\n"
"groups = students\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:10 sssd-kcm.8.xml:16
msgid "sssd-kcm"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:17
msgid "SSSD Kerberos Cache Manager"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page describes the configuration of the SSSD Kerberos Cache "
"Manager (KCM). KCM is a process that stores, tracks and manages Kerberos "
"credential caches. It originates in the Heimdal Kerberos project, although "
"the MIT Kerberos library also provides client side (more details on that "
"below) support for the KCM credential cache."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:31
msgid ""
"In a setup where Kerberos caches are managed by KCM, the Kerberos library "
"(typically used through an application, like e.g., <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>kinit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, is a <quote>\"KCM client\"</quote> and the KCM daemon is "
"being referred to as a <quote>\"KCM server\"</quote>. The client and server "
"communicate over a UNIX socket."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:42
msgid ""
"The KCM server keeps track of each credential caches's owner and performs "
"access check control based on the UID and GID of the KCM client. The root "
"user has access to all credential caches."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:47
msgid "The KCM credential cache has several interesting properties:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:51
msgid ""
"since the process runs in userspace, it is subject to UID namespacing, "
"unlike the kernel keyring"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:56
msgid ""
"unlike the kernel keyring-based cache, which is shared between all "
"containers, the KCM server is a separate process whose entry point is a UNIX "
"socket"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:61
msgid ""
"the SSSD implementation stores the ccaches in a database, typically located "
"at <replaceable>/var/lib/sss/secrets</replaceable> allowing the ccaches to "
"survive KCM server restarts or machine reboots."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:67
msgid ""
"This allows the system to use a collection-aware credential cache, yet share "
"the credential cache between some or no containers by bind-mounting the "
"socket."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:72
msgid ""
"The KCM default client idle timeout is 5 minutes, this allows more time for "
"user interaction with command line tools such as kinit."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:78
msgid "USING THE KCM CREDENTIAL CACHE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:88
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[libdefaults]\n"
"    default_ccache_name = KCM:\n"
"            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:80
msgid ""
"In order to use KCM credential cache, it must be selected as the default "
"credential type in <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>krb5.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, The credentials "
"cache name must be only <quote>KCM:</quote> without any template "
"expansions.  For example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:93
msgid ""
"Next, make sure the Kerberos client libraries and the KCM server must agree "
"on the UNIX socket path. By default, both use the same path <replaceable>/"
"var/run/.heim_org.h5l.kcm-socket</replaceable>. To configure the Kerberos "
"library, change its <quote>kcm_socket</quote> option which is described in "
"the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>krb5.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:115
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"systemctl start sssd-kcm.socket\n"
"systemctl enable sssd-kcm.socket\n"
"            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:104
msgid ""
"Finally, make sure the SSSD KCM server can be contacted.  The KCM service is "
"typically socket-activated by <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>systemd</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry>.  Unlike other SSSD "
"services, it cannot be started by adding the <quote>kcm</quote> string to "
"the <quote>service</quote> directive.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
"id=\"0\"/> Please note your distribution may already configure the units for "
"you."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:124
msgid "THE CREDENTIAL CACHE STORAGE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:126
msgid ""
"The credential caches are stored in a database, much like SSSD caches user "
"or group entries. The database is typically located at <quote>/var/lib/sss/"
"secrets</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:133
msgid "OBTAINING DEBUG LOGS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:144
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[kcm]\n"
"debug_level = 10\n"
"            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:149 sssd-kcm.8.xml:211
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"systemctl restart sssd-kcm.service\n"
"            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:135
msgid ""
"The sssd-kcm service is typically socket-activated <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>systemd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>. To generate debug logs, add the following either to the "
"<filename>/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</filename> file directly or as a configuration "
"snippet to <filename>/etc/sssd/conf.d/</filename> directory: <placeholder "
"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> Then, restart the sssd-kcm service: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"1\"/> Finally, run whatever use-"
"case doesn't work for you. The KCM logs will be generated at <filename>/var/"
"log/sssd/sssd_kcm.log</filename>. It is recommended to disable the debug "
"logs when you no longer need the debugging to be enabled as the sssd-kcm "
"service can generate quite a large amount of debugging information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:159
msgid ""
"Please note that configuration snippets are, at the moment, only processed "
"if the main configuration file at <filename>/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</filename> "
"exists at all."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:166
msgid "RENEWALS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:174
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"tgt_renewal = true\n"
"krb5_renew_interval = 60m\n"
"            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:168
msgid ""
"The sssd-kcm service can be configured to attempt TGT renewal for renewable "
"TGTs stored in the KCM ccache.  Renewals are only attempted when half of the "
"ticket lifetime has been reached. KCM Renewals are configured when the "
"following options are set in the [kcm] section: <placeholder "
"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:179
msgid ""
"SSSD can also inherit krb5 options for renewals from an existing domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><programlisting>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:183
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"tgt_renewal = true\n"
"tgt_renewal_inherit = domain-name\n"
"            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:191
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"krb5_renew_interval\n"
"krb5_renewable_lifetime\n"
"krb5_lifetime\n"
"krb5_validate\n"
"krb5_canonicalize\n"
"krb5_auth_timeout\n"
"            "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:187
msgid ""
"The following krb5 options can be configured in the [kcm] section to control "
"renewal behavior, these options are described in detail below <placeholder "
"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:204
msgid ""
"The KCM service is configured in the <quote>kcm</quote> section of the sssd."
"conf file. Please note that because the KCM service is typically socket-"
"activated, it is enough to just restart the <quote>sssd-kcm</quote> service "
"after changing options in the <quote>kcm</quote> section of sssd.conf: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:215
msgid ""
"The KCM service is configured in the <quote>kcm</quote> For a detailed "
"syntax reference, refer to the <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> section of the "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:223
msgid ""
"The generic SSSD service options such as <quote>debug_level</quote> or "
"<quote>fd_limit</quote> are accepted by the kcm service.  Please refer to "
"the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for a complete list. In addition, "
"there are some KCM-specific options as well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:234
msgid "socket_path (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:237
msgid "The socket the KCM service will listen on."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:240
msgid "Default: <replaceable>/var/run/.heim_org.h5l.kcm-socket</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:243
msgid ""
"<phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> Note: on platforms where systemd is "
"supported, the socket path is overwritten by the one defined in the sssd-kcm."
"socket unit file.  </phrase>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:252
msgid "max_ccaches (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:255
msgid "How many credential caches does the KCM database allow for all users."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:259
msgid "Default: 0 (unlimited, only the per-UID quota is enforced)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:264
msgid "max_uid_ccaches (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:267
msgid ""
"How many credential caches does the KCM database allow per UID. This is "
"equivalent to <quote>with how many principals you can kinit</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:272
msgid "Default: 64"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:277
msgid "max_ccache_size (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:280
msgid ""
"How big can a credential cache be per ccache. Each service ticket accounts "
"into this quota."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:284
msgid "Default: 65536"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:289
msgid "tgt_renewal (bool)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:292
msgid "Enables TGT renewals functionality."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:295
msgid "Default: False (Automatic renewals disabled)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:300
msgid "tgt_renewal_inherit (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:303
msgid "Domain to inherit krb5_* options from, for use with TGT renewals."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:307
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default: 3"
msgid "Default: NULL"
msgstr "默认： 3"

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-kcm.8.xml:318
msgid ""
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:10 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-systemtap"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:17
msgid "SSSD systemtap information"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page provides information about the systemtap functionality in "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
"</citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:32
msgid ""
"SystemTap Probe points have been added into various locations in SSSD code "
"to assist in troubleshooting and analyzing performance related issues."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:40
msgid "Sample SystemTap scripts are provided in /usr/share/sssd/systemtap/"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:46
msgid ""
"Probes and miscellaneous functions are defined in /usr/share/systemtap/"
"tapset/sssd.stp and /usr/share/systemtap/tapset/sssd_functions.stp "
"respectively."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:57
msgid "PROBE POINTS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:59 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:367
msgid ""
"The information below lists the probe points and arguments available in the "
"following format:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:64
msgid "probe $name"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:67
msgid "Description of probe point"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:70
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"variable1:datatype\n"
"variable2:datatype\n"
"variable3:datatype\n"
"...\n"
"                        "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:80
msgid "Database Transaction Probes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:84
msgid "probe sssd_transaction_start"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:87
msgid ""
"Start of a sysdb transaction, probes the sysdb_transaction_start() function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:91 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:105 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:118
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:131
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"nesting:integer\n"
"probestr:string\n"
"                        "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:97
msgid "probe sssd_transaction_cancel"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:100
msgid ""
"Cancellation of a sysdb transaction, probes the sysdb_transaction_cancel()  "
"function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:111
msgid "probe sssd_transaction_commit_before"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:114
msgid "Probes the sysdb_transaction_commit_before()  function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:124
msgid "probe sssd_transaction_commit_after"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:127
msgid "Probes the sysdb_transaction_commit_after()  function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:141
msgid "LDAP Search Probes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:145
msgid "probe sdap_search_send"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:148
msgid "Probes the sdap_get_generic_ext_send()  function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:152
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"base:string\n"
"scope:integer\n"
"filter:string\n"
"attrs:string\n"
"probestr:string\n"
"                        "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:161
msgid "probe sdap_search_recv"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:164
msgid "Probes the sdap_get_generic_ext_recv()  function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:168 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:222
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"base:string\n"
"scope:integer\n"
"filter:string\n"
"probestr:string\n"
"                        "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:176
msgid "probe sdap_parse_entry"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:179
msgid ""
"Probes the sdap_parse_entry()  function. It is called repeatedly with every "
"received attribute."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:184
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"attr:string\n"
"value:string\n"
"                        "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:190
msgid "probe sdap_parse_entry_done"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:193
msgid ""
"Probes the sdap_parse_entry()  function. It is called when parsing of "
"received object is finished."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:201
msgid "probe sdap_deref_send"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:204
msgid "Probes the sdap_deref_search_send()  function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:208
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"base_dn:string\n"
"deref_attr:string\n"
"probestr:string\n"
"                        "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:215
msgid "probe sdap_deref_recv"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:218
msgid "Probes the sdap_deref_search_recv()  function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:234
msgid "LDAP Account Request Probes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:238
msgid "probe sdap_acct_req_send"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:241
msgid "Probes the sdap_acct_req_send()  function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:245 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:260
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"entry_type:int\n"
"filter_type:int\n"
"filter_value:string\n"
"extra_value:string\n"
"                       "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:253
msgid "probe sdap_acct_req_recv"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:256
msgid "Probes the sdap_acct_req_recv()  function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:272
msgid "LDAP User Search Probes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:276
msgid "probe sdap_search_user_send"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:279
msgid "Probes the sdap_search_user_send()  function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:283 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:295 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:307
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:319
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"filter:string\n"
"                       "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:288
msgid "probe sdap_search_user_recv"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:291
msgid "Probes the sdap_search_user_recv()  function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:300
msgid "probe sdap_search_user_save_begin"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:303
msgid "Probes the sdap_search_user_save_begin()  function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:312
msgid "probe sdap_search_user_save_end"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:315
msgid "Probes the sdap_search_user_save_end()  function."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:328
msgid "Data Provider Request Probes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:332
msgid "probe dp_req_send"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:335
msgid "A Data Provider request is submitted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:338
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dp_req_domain:string\n"
"dp_req_name:string\n"
"dp_req_target:int\n"
"dp_req_method:int\n"
"                       "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:346
msgid "probe dp_req_done"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:349
msgid "A Data Provider request is completed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:352
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dp_req_name:string\n"
"dp_req_target:int\n"
"dp_req_method:int\n"
"dp_ret:int\n"
"dp_errorstr:string\n"
"                       "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:365
msgid "MISCELLANEOUS FUNCTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:372
msgid "function acct_req_desc(entry_type)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:375
msgid "Convert entry_type to string and return string"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:380
msgid ""
"function sssd_acct_req_probestr(fc_name, entry_type, filter_type, "
"filter_value, extra_value)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:384
msgid "Create probe string based on filter type"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:389
msgid "function dp_target_str(target)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:392
msgid "Convert target to string and return string"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:397
msgid "function dp_method_str(target)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:400
msgid "Convert method to string and return string"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:410
msgid "SAMPLE SYSTEMTAP SCRIPTS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:412
msgid ""
"Start the SystemTap script (<command>stap /usr/share/sssd/systemtap/&lt;"
"script_name&gt;.stp</command>), then perform an identity operation and the "
"script will collect information from probes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:418
msgid "Provided SystemTap scripts are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:422
msgid "dp_request.stp"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:425
msgid "Monitoring of data provider request performance."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:430
msgid "id_perf.stp"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:433
msgid "Monitoring of <command>id</command> command performance."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:439
msgid "ldap_perf.stp"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:442
msgid "Monitoring of LDAP queries."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:447
msgid "nested_group_perf.stp"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:450
msgid "Performance of nested groups resolving."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:10 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:16
msgid "sssd-ldap-attributes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:17
msgid "SSSD LDAP Provider: Mapping Attributes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:23
msgid ""
"This manual page describes the mapping attributes of SSSD LDAP provider "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>. Refer to the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
"ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page "
"for full details about SSSD LDAP provider configuration options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:38
msgid "USER ATTRIBUTES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:42
msgid "ldap_user_object_class (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:45
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:48
msgid "Default: posixAccount"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:54
msgid "ldap_user_name (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:57
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:61
msgid "Default: uid (rfc2307, rfc2307bis and IPA), sAMAccountName (AD)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:68
msgid "ldap_user_uid_number (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:71
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:75
msgid "Default: uidNumber"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:81
msgid "ldap_user_gid_number (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:84
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:88 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:700
msgid "Default: gidNumber"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:94
msgid "ldap_user_primary_group (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:97
msgid ""
"Active Directory primary group attribute for ID-mapping. Note that this "
"attribute should only be set manually if you are running the <quote>ldap</"
"quote> provider with ID mapping."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:103
msgid "Default: unset (LDAP), primaryGroupID (AD)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:109
msgid "ldap_user_gecos (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:112
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:116
msgid "Default: gecos"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:122
msgid "ldap_user_home_directory (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:125
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:129
msgid "Default: homeDirectory (LDAP and IPA), unixHomeDirectory (AD)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:135
msgid "ldap_user_shell (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:138
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:142
msgid "Default: loginShell"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:148
msgid "ldap_user_uuid (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:151
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:155 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:726
msgid ""
"Default: not set in the general case, objectGUID for AD and ipaUniqueID for "
"IPA"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:162
msgid "ldap_user_objectsid (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:165
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object. This "
"is usually only necessary for ActiveDirectory servers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:170 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:741
msgid "Default: objectSid for ActiveDirectory, not set for other servers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:177
msgid "ldap_user_modify_timestamp (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:180 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:751
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:874
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the "
"parent object."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:184 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:755
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:881
msgid "Default: modifyTimestamp"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:190
msgid "ldap_user_shadow_last_change (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:193
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
"LDAP attribute corresponding to its <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>shadow</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> counterpart (date of "
"the last password change)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:203
msgid "Default: shadowLastChange"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:209
msgid "ldap_user_shadow_min (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:212
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
"LDAP attribute corresponding to its <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>shadow</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> counterpart (minimum "
"password age)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:221
msgid "Default: shadowMin"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:227
msgid "ldap_user_shadow_max (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:230
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
"LDAP attribute corresponding to its <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>shadow</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> counterpart (maximum "
"password age)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:239
msgid "Default: shadowMax"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:245
msgid "ldap_user_shadow_warning (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:248
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
"LDAP attribute corresponding to its <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>shadow</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> counterpart "
"(password warning period)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:258
msgid "Default: shadowWarning"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:264
msgid "ldap_user_shadow_inactive (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:267
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
"LDAP attribute corresponding to its <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>shadow</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> counterpart "
"(password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:277
msgid "Default: shadowInactive"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:283
msgid "ldap_user_shadow_expire (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:286
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this "
"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:296
msgid "Default: shadowExpire"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:302
msgid "ldap_user_krb_last_pwd_change (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:305
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of "
"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in "
"kerberos."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:311
msgid "Default: krbLastPwdChange"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:317
msgid "ldap_user_krb_password_expiration (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:320
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of "
"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:326
msgid "Default: krbPasswordExpiration"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:332
msgid "ldap_user_ad_account_expires (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:335
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name "
"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:340
msgid "Default: accountExpires"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:346
msgid "ldap_user_ad_user_account_control (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:349
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name "
"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:354
msgid "Default: userAccountControl"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:360
msgid "ldap_ns_account_lock (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:363
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter "
"determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:368
msgid "Default: nsAccountLock"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:374
msgid "ldap_user_nds_login_disabled (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:377
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if "
"access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:381 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:395
msgid "Default: loginDisabled"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:387
msgid "ldap_user_nds_login_expiration_time (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:390
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until "
"which date access is granted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:401
msgid "ldap_user_nds_login_allowed_time_map (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:404
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the "
"hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:409
msgid "Default: loginAllowedTimeMap"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:415
msgid "ldap_user_principal (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:418
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name "
"(UPN)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:422
msgid "Default: krbPrincipalName"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:428
msgid "ldap_user_extra_attrs (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:431
msgid ""
"Comma-separated list of LDAP attributes that SSSD would fetch along with the "
"usual set of user attributes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:436
msgid ""
"The list can either contain LDAP attribute names only, or colon-separated "
"tuples of SSSD cache attribute name and LDAP attribute name. In case only "
"LDAP attribute name is specified, the attribute is saved to the cache "
"verbatim.  Using a custom SSSD attribute name might be required by "
"environments that configure several SSSD domains with different LDAP schemas."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:446
msgid ""
"Please note that several attribute names are reserved by SSSD, notably the "
"<quote>name</quote> attribute. SSSD would report an error if any of the "
"reserved attribute names is used as an extra attribute name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:456
msgid "ldap_user_extra_attrs = telephoneNumber"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:459
msgid ""
"Save the <quote>telephoneNumber</quote> attribute from LDAP as "
"<quote>telephoneNumber</quote> to the cache."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:463
msgid "ldap_user_extra_attrs = phone:telephoneNumber"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:466
msgid ""
"Save the <quote>telephoneNumber</quote> attribute from LDAP as <quote>phone</"
"quote> to the cache."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:476
msgid "ldap_user_ssh_public_key (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:479
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:483 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:965
msgid "Default: sshPublicKey"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:489
msgid "ldap_user_fullname (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:492
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:502
msgid "ldap_user_member_of (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:505
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:509 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:952
msgid "Default: memberOf"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:515
msgid "ldap_user_authorized_service (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:518
msgid ""
"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will "
"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry "
"to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:525
msgid ""
"An explicit deny (!svc) is resolved first. Second, SSSD searches for "
"explicit allow (svc) and finally for allow_all (*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:530
msgid ""
"Please note that the ldap_access_order configuration option <emphasis>must</"
"emphasis> include <quote>authorized_service</quote> in order for the "
"ldap_user_authorized_service option to work."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:537
msgid ""
"Some distributions (such as Fedora-29+ or RHEL-8)  always include the "
"<quote>systemd-user</quote> PAM service as part of the login process. "
"Therefore when using service-based access control, the <quote>systemd-user</"
"quote> service might need to be added to the list of allowed services."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:545
msgid "Default: authorizedService"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:551
msgid "ldap_user_authorized_host (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:554
msgid ""
"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the "
"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access "
"privilege."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:560
msgid ""
"An explicit deny (!host) is resolved first. Second, SSSD searches for "
"explicit allow (host) and finally for allow_all (*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:565
msgid ""
"Please note that the ldap_access_order configuration option <emphasis>must</"
"emphasis> include <quote>host</quote> in order for the "
"ldap_user_authorized_host option to work."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:572
msgid "Default: host"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:578
msgid "ldap_user_authorized_rhost (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:581
msgid ""
"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=rhost, SSSD will use the "
"presence of the rhost attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access "
"privilege. Similarly to host verification process."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:588
msgid ""
"An explicit deny (!rhost) is resolved first. Second, SSSD searches for "
"explicit allow (rhost) and finally for allow_all (*)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:593
msgid ""
"Please note that the ldap_access_order configuration option <emphasis>must</"
"emphasis> include <quote>rhost</quote> in order for the "
"ldap_user_authorized_rhost option to work."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:600
msgid "Default: rhost"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:606
msgid "ldap_user_certificate (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:609
msgid "Name of the LDAP attribute containing the X509 certificate of the user."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:613
msgid "Default: userCertificate;binary"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:619
msgid "ldap_user_email (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:622
msgid "Name of the LDAP attribute containing the email address of the user."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:626
msgid ""
"Note: If an email address of a user conflicts with an email address or fully "
"qualified name of another user, then SSSD will not be able to serve those "
"users properly. This option allows users to login by (1) username, and (2) e-"
"mail address.  If for some reason several users need to share the same email "
"address then set this option to a nonexistent attribute name in order to "
"disable user lookup/login by email."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:637
msgid "Default: mail"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:642
msgid "ldap_user_passkey (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:645
msgid ""
"Name of the LDAP attribute containing the passkey mapping data of the user."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:649
msgid "Default: passkey (LDAP), ipaPassKey (IPA), altSecurityIdentities (AD)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:659
msgid "GROUP ATTRIBUTES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:663
msgid "ldap_group_object_class (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:666
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:669
msgid "Default: posixGroup"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:675
msgid "ldap_group_name (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:678
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name. In an environment "
"with nested groups, this value must be an LDAP attribute which has a unique "
"name for every group. This requirement includes non-POSIX groups in the tree "
"of nested groups."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:686
msgid "Default: cn (rfc2307, rfc2307bis and IPA), sAMAccountName (AD)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:693
msgid "ldap_group_gid_number (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:696
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:706
msgid "ldap_group_member (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:709
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:713
msgid "Default: memberuid (rfc2307) / member (rfc2307bis)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:719
msgid "ldap_group_uuid (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:722
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:733
msgid "ldap_group_objectsid (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:736
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object. This "
"is usually only necessary for ActiveDirectory servers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:748
msgid "ldap_group_modify_timestamp (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:761
msgid "ldap_group_type (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:764
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains an integer value indicating the type of the "
"group and maybe other flags."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:769
msgid ""
"This attribute is currently only used by the AD provider to determine if a "
"group is a domain local groups and has to be filtered out for trusted "
"domains."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:775
msgid "Default: groupType in the AD provider, otherwise not set"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:782
msgid "ldap_group_external_member (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:785
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that references group members that are defined in an "
"external domain. At the moment, only IPA's external members are supported."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:791
msgid "Default: ipaExternalMember in the IPA provider, otherwise unset."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:801
msgid "NETGROUP ATTRIBUTES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:805
msgid "ldap_netgroup_object_class (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:808
msgid "The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:811
msgid "In IPA provider, ipa_netgroup_object_class should be used instead."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:815
msgid "Default: nisNetgroup"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:821
msgid "ldap_netgroup_name (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:824
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:828
msgid "In IPA provider, ipa_netgroup_name should be used instead."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:838
msgid "ldap_netgroup_member (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:841
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:845
msgid "In IPA provider, ipa_netgroup_member should be used instead."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:849
msgid "Default: memberNisNetgroup"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:855
msgid "ldap_netgroup_triple (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:858
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:862 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:878
msgid "This option is not available in IPA provider."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:865
msgid "Default: nisNetgroupTriple"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:871
msgid "ldap_netgroup_modify_timestamp (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:890
msgid "HOST ATTRIBUTES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:894
msgid "ldap_host_object_class (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:897
msgid "The object class of a host entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:900 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:997
msgid "Default: ipService"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:906
msgid "ldap_host_name (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:909 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:935
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the host's name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:919
msgid "ldap_host_fqdn (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:922
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the host's fully-qualified domain "
"name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:926
msgid "Default: fqdn"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:932
msgid "ldap_host_serverhostname (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:939
msgid "Default: serverHostname"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:945
msgid "ldap_host_member_of (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:948
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the host's group memberships."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:958
msgid "ldap_host_ssh_public_key (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:961
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the host's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:971
msgid "ldap_host_uuid (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:974
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP host object."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:987
msgid "SERVICE ATTRIBUTES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:991
msgid "ldap_service_object_class (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:994
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1003
msgid "ldap_service_name (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1006
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their "
"aliases."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1016
msgid "ldap_service_port (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1019
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1023
msgid "Default: ipServicePort"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1029
msgid "ldap_service_proto (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1032
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1036
msgid "Default: ipServiceProtocol"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1045
msgid "SUDO ATTRIBUTES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1049
msgid "ldap_sudorule_object_class (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1052
msgid "The object class of a sudo rule entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1055
msgid "Default: sudoRole"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1061
msgid "ldap_sudorule_name (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1064
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the sudo rule name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1074
msgid "ldap_sudorule_command (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1077
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the command name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1081
msgid "Default: sudoCommand"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1087
msgid "ldap_sudorule_host (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1090
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the host name (or host IP address, "
"host IP network, or host netgroup)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1095
msgid "Default: sudoHost"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1101
msgid "ldap_sudorule_user (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1104
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user name (or UID, group name or "
"user's netgroup)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1108
msgid "Default: sudoUser"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1114
msgid "ldap_sudorule_option (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1117
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the sudo options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1121
msgid "Default: sudoOption"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1127
msgid "ldap_sudorule_runasuser (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1130
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user name that commands may be "
"run as."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1134
msgid "Default: sudoRunAsUser"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1140
msgid "ldap_sudorule_runasgroup (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1143
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name or group GID that "
"commands may be run as."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1147
msgid "Default: sudoRunAsGroup"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1153
msgid "ldap_sudorule_notbefore (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1156
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the start date/time for when the sudo "
"rule is valid."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1160
msgid "Default: sudoNotBefore"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1166
msgid "ldap_sudorule_notafter (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1169
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the expiration date/time, after which "
"the sudo rule will no longer be valid."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1174
msgid "Default: sudoNotAfter"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1180
msgid "ldap_sudorule_order (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1183
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the ordering index of the rule."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1187
msgid "Default: sudoOrder"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1196
msgid "AUTOFS ATTRIBUTES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1203
msgid "IP HOST ATTRIBUTES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1207
msgid "ldap_iphost_object_class (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1210
msgid "The object class of an iphost entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1213
msgid "Default: ipHost"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1219
msgid "ldap_iphost_name (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1222
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the IP host attributes and "
"their aliases."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1232
msgid "ldap_iphost_number (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1235
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the IP host address."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1239
msgid "Default: ipHostNumber"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1248
msgid "IP NETWORK ATTRIBUTES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1252
msgid "ldap_ipnetwork_object_class (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1255
msgid "The object class of an ipnetwork entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1258
msgid "Default: ipNetwork"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1264
msgid "ldap_ipnetwork_name (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1267
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the IP network attributes and "
"their aliases."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1277
msgid "ldap_ipnetwork_number (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1280
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the IP network address."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1284
msgid "Default: ipNetworkNumber"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin.8.xml:10 sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin.8.xml:15
msgid "sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin.8.xml:16
msgid "Kerberos local authorization plugin"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin.8.xml:22
msgid ""
"The Kerberos local authorization plugin <command>sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin</"
"command> is used by libkrb5 to either find the local name for a given "
"Kerberos principal or to check if a given local name and a given Kerberos "
"principal relate to each other."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin.8.xml:29
msgid ""
"SSSD handles the local names for users from a remote source and can read the "
"Kerberos user principal name from the remote source as well. With this "
"information SSSD can easily handle the mappings mentioned above even if the "
"local name and the Kerberos principal differ considerably."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin.8.xml:36
msgid ""
"Additionally with the information read from the remote source SSSD can help "
"to prevent unexpected or unwanted mappings in case the user part of the "
"Kerberos principal accidentally corresponds to a local name of a different "
"user. By default libkrb5 might just strip the realm part of the Kerberos "
"principal to get the local name which would lead to wrong mappings in this "
"case."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin.8.xml:46
msgid "CONFIGURATION"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin.8.xml:56
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[plugins]\n"
" localauth = {\n"
"  module = sssd:/usr/lib64/sssd/modules/sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin.so\n"
" }\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sssd_krb5_localauth_plugin.8.xml:48
msgid ""
"The Kerberos local authorization plugin must be enabled explicitly in the "
"Kerberos configuration, see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>krb5.conf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>.  SSSD will create a "
"config snippet with the content like e.g.  <placeholder "
"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> automatically in the SSSD's public "
"Kerberos configuration snippet directory. If this directory is included in "
"the local Kerberos configuration the plugin will be enabled automatically."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:3
msgid "ldap_autofs_map_object_class (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:6
msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:9
msgid "Default: nisMap (rfc2307, autofs_provider=ad), otherwise automountMap"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:16
msgid "ldap_autofs_map_name (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:19
msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:22
msgid ""
"Default: nisMapName (rfc2307, autofs_provider=ad), otherwise automountMapName"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:29
msgid "ldap_autofs_entry_object_class (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:32
msgid ""
"The object class of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually "
"corresponds to a mount point."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:37
msgid "Default: nisObject (rfc2307, autofs_provider=ad), otherwise automount"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:44
msgid "ldap_autofs_entry_key (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:47 include/autofs_attributes.xml:61
msgid ""
"The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a "
"mount point."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:51
msgid "Default: cn (rfc2307, autofs_provider=ad), otherwise automountKey"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:58
msgid "ldap_autofs_entry_value (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/autofs_attributes.xml:65
msgid ""
"Default: nisMapEntry (rfc2307, autofs_provider=ad), otherwise "
"automountInformation"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><title>
#: include/service_discovery.xml:2
msgid "SERVICE DISCOVERY"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
#: include/service_discovery.xml:4
msgid ""
"The service discovery feature allows back ends to automatically find the "
"appropriate servers to connect to using a special DNS query. This feature is "
"not supported for backup servers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/service_discovery.xml:9 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:99
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/service_discovery.xml:11
msgid ""
"If no servers are specified, the back end automatically uses service "
"discovery to try to find a server. Optionally, the user may choose to use "
"both fixed server addresses and service discovery by inserting a special "
"keyword, <quote>_srv_</quote>, in the list of servers. The order of "
"preference is maintained. This feature is useful if, for example, the user "
"prefers to use service discovery whenever possible, and fall back to a "
"specific server when no servers can be discovered using DNS."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/service_discovery.xml:23
msgid "The domain name"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/service_discovery.xml:25
msgid ""
"Please refer to the <quote>dns_discovery_domain</quote> parameter in the "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/service_discovery.xml:35
msgid "The protocol"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/service_discovery.xml:37
msgid ""
"The queries usually specify _tcp as the protocol. Exceptions are documented "
"in respective option description."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/service_discovery.xml:42
msgid "See Also"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/service_discovery.xml:44
msgid ""
"For more information on the service discovery mechanism, refer to RFC 2782."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentryinfo>
#: include/upstream.xml:2
msgid ""
"<productname>SSSD</productname> <orgname>The SSSD upstream - https://github."
"com/SSSD/sssd/</orgname>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?)
#: include/upstream.xml:1
msgid "<placeholder type=\"refentryinfo\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><title>
#: include/failover.xml:2
msgid "FAILOVER"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
#: include/failover.xml:4
msgid ""
"The failover feature allows back ends to automatically switch to a different "
"server if the current server fails."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/failover.xml:8
msgid "Failover Syntax"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/failover.xml:10
msgid ""
"The list of servers is given as a comma-separated list; any number of spaces "
"is allowed around the comma. The servers are listed in order of preference. "
"The list can contain any number of servers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/failover.xml:16
msgid ""
"For each failover-enabled config option, two variants exist: "
"<emphasis>primary</emphasis> and <emphasis>backup</emphasis>.  The idea is "
"that servers in the primary list are preferred and backup servers are only "
"searched if no primary servers can be reached. If a backup server is "
"selected, a timeout of 31 seconds is set. After this timeout SSSD will "
"periodically try to reconnect to one of the primary servers. If it succeeds, "
"it will replace the current active (backup) server."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/failover.xml:27
msgid "The Failover Mechanism"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/failover.xml:29
msgid ""
"The failover mechanism distinguishes between a machine and a service. The "
"back end first tries to resolve the hostname of a given machine; if this "
"resolution attempt fails, the machine is considered offline. No further "
"attempts are made to connect to this machine for any other service. If the "
"resolution attempt succeeds, the back end tries to connect to a service on "
"this machine. If the service connection attempt fails, then only this "
"particular service is considered offline and the back end automatically "
"switches over to the next service.  The machine is still considered online "
"and might still be tried for another service."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/failover.xml:42
msgid ""
"Further connection attempts are made to machines or services marked as "
"offline after a specified period of time; this is currently hard coded to 30 "
"seconds."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/failover.xml:47
msgid ""
"If there are no more machines to try, the back end as a whole switches to "
"offline mode, and then attempts to reconnect every 30 seconds."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/failover.xml:53
msgid "Failover time outs and tuning"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/failover.xml:55
msgid ""
"Resolving a server to connect to can be as simple as running a single DNS "
"query or can involve several steps, such as finding the correct site or "
"trying out multiple host names in case some of the configured servers are "
"not reachable. The more complex scenarios can take some time and SSSD needs "
"to balance between providing enough time to finish the resolution process "
"but on the other hand, not trying for too long before falling back to "
"offline mode. If the SSSD debug logs show that the server resolution is "
"timing out before a live server is contacted, you can consider changing the "
"time outs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/failover.xml:76
msgid "dns_resolver_server_timeout"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/failover.xml:80
msgid ""
"Time in milliseconds that sets how long would SSSD talk to a single DNS "
"server before trying next one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/failover.xml:90
msgid "dns_resolver_op_timeout"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/failover.xml:94
msgid ""
"Time in seconds to tell how long would SSSD try to resolve single DNS query "
"(e.g. resolution of a hostname or an SRV record) before trying the next "
"hostname or discovery domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/failover.xml:106
msgid "dns_resolver_timeout"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/failover.xml:110
msgid ""
"How long would SSSD try to resolve a failover service. This service "
"resolution internally might include several steps, such as resolving DNS SRV "
"queries or locating the site."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/failover.xml:67
msgid ""
"This section lists the available tunables. Please refer to their description "
"in the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>, manual page.  <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" "
"id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/failover.xml:123
msgid ""
"For LDAP-based providers, the resolve operation is performed as part of an "
"LDAP connection operation. Therefore, also the <quote>ldap_opt_timeout</"
"quote> timeout should be set to a larger value than "
"<quote>dns_resolver_timeout</quote> which in turn should be set to a larger "
"value than <quote>dns_resolver_op_timeout</quote> which should be larger "
"than <quote>dns_resolver_server_timeout</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><title>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:2
msgid "ID MAPPING"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:4
msgid ""
"The ID-mapping feature allows SSSD to act as a client of Active Directory "
"without requiring administrators to extend user attributes to support POSIX "
"attributes for user and group identifiers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:9
msgid ""
"NOTE: When ID-mapping is enabled, the uidNumber and gidNumber attributes are "
"ignored. This is to avoid the possibility of conflicts between automatically-"
"assigned and manually-assigned values. If you need to use manually-assigned "
"values, ALL values must be manually-assigned."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:16
msgid ""
"Please note that changing the ID mapping related configuration options will "
"cause user and group IDs to change. At the moment, SSSD does not support "
"changing IDs, so the SSSD database must be removed. Because cached passwords "
"are also stored in the database, removing the database should only be "
"performed while the authentication servers are reachable, otherwise users "
"might get locked out. In order to cache the password, an authentication must "
"be performed. It is not sufficient to use <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sss_cache</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> to remove the database, rather the process consists of:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:33
msgid "Making sure the remote servers are reachable"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:38
msgid "Stopping the SSSD service"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:43
msgid "Removing the database"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:48
msgid "Starting the SSSD service"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:52
msgid ""
"Moreover, as the change of IDs might necessitate the adjustment of other "
"system properties such as file and directory ownership, it's advisable to "
"plan ahead and test the ID mapping configuration thoroughly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:59
msgid "Mapping Algorithm"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:61
msgid ""
"Active Directory provides an objectSID for every user and group object in "
"the directory. This objectSID can be broken up into components that "
"represent the Active Directory domain identity and the relative identifier "
"(RID) of the user or group object."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:67
msgid ""
"The SSSD ID-mapping algorithm takes a range of available UIDs and divides it "
"into equally-sized component sections - called \"slices\"-. Each slice "
"represents the space available to an Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:73
msgid ""
"When a user or group entry for a particular domain is encountered for the "
"first time, the SSSD allocates one of the available slices for that domain. "
"In order to make this slice-assignment repeatable on different client "
"machines, we select the slice based on the following algorithm:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:80
msgid ""
"The SID string is passed through the murmurhash3 algorithm to convert it to "
"a 32-bit hashed value. We then take the modulus of this value with the total "
"number of available slices to pick the slice."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:86
msgid ""
"NOTE: It is possible to encounter collisions in the hash and subsequent "
"modulus. In these situations, we will select the next available slice, but "
"it may not be possible to reproduce the same exact set of slices on other "
"machines (since the order that they are encountered will determine their "
"slice). In this situation, it is recommended to either switch to using "
"explicit POSIX attributes in Active Directory (disabling ID-mapping) or "
"configure a default domain to guarantee that at least one is always "
"consistent. See <quote>Configuration</quote> for details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:101
msgid ""
"Minimum configuration (in the <quote>[domain/DOMAINNAME]</quote> section):"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:106
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ldap_id_mapping = True\n"
"ldap_schema = ad\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:111
msgid ""
"The default configuration results in configuring 10,000 slices, each capable "
"of holding up to 200,000 IDs, starting from 200,000 and going up to "
"2,000,200,000. This should be sufficient for most deployments."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><title>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:117
msgid "Advanced Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:120
msgid "ldap_idmap_range_min (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:123
msgid ""
"Specifies the lower (inclusive) bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for "
"mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs. It is the first POSIX ID which "
"can be used for the mapping."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:129
msgid ""
"NOTE: This option is different from <quote>min_id</quote> in that "
"<quote>min_id</quote> acts to filter the output of requests to this domain, "
"whereas this option controls the range of ID assignment. This is a subtle "
"distinction, but the good general advice would be to have <quote>min_id</"
"quote> be less-than or equal to <quote>ldap_idmap_range_min</quote>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:139 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:197
msgid "Default: 200000"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:144
msgid "ldap_idmap_range_max (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:147
msgid ""
"Specifies the upper (exclusive) bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for "
"mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs. It is the first POSIX ID which "
"cannot be used for the mapping anymore, i.e. one larger than the last one "
"which can be used for the mapping."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:155
msgid ""
"NOTE: This option is different from <quote>max_id</quote> in that "
"<quote>max_id</quote> acts to filter the output of requests to this domain, "
"whereas this option controls the range of ID assignment. This is a subtle "
"distinction, but the good general advice would be to have <quote>max_id</"
"quote> be greater-than or equal to <quote>ldap_idmap_range_max</quote>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:165
msgid "Default: 2000200000"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:170
msgid "ldap_idmap_range_size (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:173
msgid ""
"Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice.  If the range size "
"does not divide evenly into the min and max values, it will create as many "
"complete slices as it can."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:179
msgid ""
"NOTE: The value of this option must be at least as large as the highest user "
"RID planned for use on the Active Directory server. User lookups and login "
"will fail for any user whose RID is greater than this value."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:185
msgid ""
"For example, if your most recently-added Active Directory user has "
"objectSid=S-1-5-21-2153326666-2176343378-3404031434-1107, "
"<quote>ldap_idmap_range_size</quote> must be at least 1108 as range size is "
"equal to maximal SID minus minimal SID plus one (e.g. 1108 = 1107 - 0 + 1)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:192
msgid ""
"It is important to plan ahead for future expansion, as changing this value "
"will result in changing all of the ID mappings on the system, leading to "
"users with different local IDs than they previously had."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:202
msgid "ldap_idmap_default_domain_sid (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:205
msgid ""
"Specify the domain SID of the default domain. This will guarantee that this "
"domain will always be assigned to slice zero in the ID map, bypassing the "
"murmurhash algorithm described above."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:216
msgid "ldap_idmap_default_domain (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:219
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:227
msgid "ldap_idmap_autorid_compat (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:230
msgid ""
"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to "
"winbind's <quote>idmap_autorid</quote> algorithm."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:235
msgid ""
"When this option is configured, domains will be allocated starting with "
"slice zero and increasing monotonically with each additional domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:240
msgid ""
"NOTE: This algorithm is non-deterministic (it depends on the order that "
"users and groups are requested). If this mode is required for compatibility "
"with machines running winbind, it is recommended to also use the "
"<quote>ldap_idmap_default_domain_sid</quote> option to guarantee that at "
"least one domain is consistently allocated to slice zero."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:255
msgid "ldap_idmap_helper_table_size (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:258
msgid ""
"Maximal number of secondary slices that is tried when performing mapping "
"from UNIX id to SID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:262
msgid ""
"Note: Additional secondary slices might be generated when SID is being "
"mapped to UNIX id and RID part of SID is out of range for secondary slices "
"generated so far. If value of ldap_idmap_helper_table_size is equal to 0 "
"then no additional secondary slices are generated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:279
msgid "Well-Known SIDs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:281
msgid ""
"SSSD supports to look up the names of Well-Known SIDs, i.e. SIDs with a "
"special hardcoded meaning. Since the generic users and groups related to "
"those Well-Known SIDs have no equivalent in a Linux/UNIX environment no "
"POSIX IDs are available for those objects."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:287
msgid ""
"The SID name space is organized in authorities which can be seen as "
"different domains. The authorities for the Well-Known SIDs are"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:290
msgid "Null Authority"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:291
msgid "World Authority"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:292
msgid "Local Authority"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:293
msgid "Creator Authority"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:294
msgid "Mandatory Label Authority"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:295
msgid "Authentication Authority"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:296
msgid "NT Authority"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:297
msgid "Built-in"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:299
msgid ""
"The capitalized version of these names are used as domain names when "
"returning the fully qualified name of a Well-Known SID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:303
msgid ""
"Since some utilities allow to modify SID based access control information "
"with the help of a name instead of using the SID directly SSSD supports to "
"look up the SID by the name as well. To avoid collisions only the fully "
"qualified names can be used to look up Well-Known SIDs. As a result the "
"domain names <quote>NULL AUTHORITY</quote>, <quote>WORLD AUTHORITY</quote>, "
"<quote>LOCAL AUTHORITY</quote>, <quote>CREATOR AUTHORITY</quote>, "
"<quote>MANDATORY LABEL AUTHORITY</quote>, <quote>AUTHENTICATION AUTHORITY</"
"quote>, <quote>NT AUTHORITY</quote> and <quote>BUILTIN</quote> should not be "
"used as domain names in <filename>sssd.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><term>
#: include/param_help.xml:3
msgid "<option>-?</option>,<option>--help</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/param_help.xml:7 include/param_help_py.xml:7
msgid "Display help message and exit."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><term>
#: include/param_help_py.xml:3
msgid "<option>-h</option>,<option>--help</option>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:3 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:3
msgid ""
"SSSD supports two representations for specifying the debug level. The "
"simplest is to specify a decimal value from 0-9, which represents enabling "
"that level and all lower-level debug messages. The more comprehensive option "
"is to specify a hexadecimal bitmask to enable or disable specific levels "
"(such as if you wish to suppress a level)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:10
msgid ""
"Please note that each SSSD service logs into its own log file. Also please "
"note that enabling <quote>debug_level</quote> in the <quote>[sssd]</quote> "
"section only enables debugging just for the sssd process itself, not for the "
"responder or provider processes. The <quote>debug_level</quote> parameter "
"should be added to all sections that you wish to produce debug logs from."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:18
msgid ""
"In addition to changing the log level in the config file using the "
"<quote>debug_level</quote> parameter, which is persistent, but requires SSSD "
"restart, it is also possible to change the debug level on the fly using the "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_debuglevel</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry> tool."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:29 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:10
msgid "Currently supported debug levels:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:32 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:13
msgid ""
"<emphasis>0</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0010</emphasis>: Fatal failures. "
"Anything that would prevent SSSD from starting up or causes it to cease "
"running."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:38 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:19
msgid ""
"<emphasis>1</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0020</emphasis>: Critical failures. An "
"error that doesn't kill SSSD, but one that indicates that at least one major "
"feature is not going to work properly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:45 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:26
msgid ""
"<emphasis>2</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0040</emphasis>: Serious failures. An "
"error announcing that a particular request or operation has failed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:50 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:31
msgid ""
"<emphasis>3</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0080</emphasis>: Minor failures. These "
"are the errors that would percolate down to cause the operation failure of 2."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:55 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:36
msgid ""
"<emphasis>4</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0100</emphasis>: Configuration settings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:59 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:40
msgid "<emphasis>5</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0200</emphasis>: Function data."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:63 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:44
msgid ""
"<emphasis>6</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x0400</emphasis>: Trace messages for "
"operation functions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:67 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:48
msgid ""
"<emphasis>7</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x1000</emphasis>: Trace messages for "
"internal control functions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:72 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:53
msgid ""
"<emphasis>8</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x2000</emphasis>: Contents of function-"
"internal variables that may be interesting."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:77 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:58
msgid ""
"<emphasis>9</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x4000</emphasis>: Extremely low-level "
"tracing information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:81
msgid ""
"<emphasis>9</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x20000</emphasis>: Performance and "
"statistical data, please note that due to the way requests are processed "
"internally the logged execution time of a request might be longer than it "
"actually was."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:88 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:62
msgid ""
"<emphasis>10</emphasis>, <emphasis>0x10000</emphasis>: Even more low-level "
"libldb tracing information. Almost never really required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:93 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:67
msgid ""
"To log required bitmask debug levels, simply add their numbers together as "
"shown in following examples:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:97 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:71
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Example</emphasis>: To log fatal failures, critical failures, "
"serious failures and function data use 0x0270."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:101 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:75
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Example</emphasis>: To log fatal failures, configuration settings, "
"function data, trace messages for internal control functions use 0x1310."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:106 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:80
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Note</emphasis>: The bitmask format of debug levels was introduced "
"in 1.7.0."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/debug_levels.xml:110 include/debug_levels_tools.xml:84
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Default</emphasis>: 0x0070 (i.e. fatal, critical and serious "
"failures; corresponds to setting 2 in decimal notation)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><title>
#: include/local.xml:2
msgid "THE LOCAL DOMAIN"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
#: include/local.xml:4
msgid ""
"In order to function correctly, a domain with <quote>id_provider=local</"
"quote> must be created and the SSSD must be running."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
#: include/local.xml:9
msgid ""
"The administrator might want to use the SSSD local users instead of "
"traditional UNIX users in cases where the group nesting (see <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sss_groupadd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>) is needed. The local users are also useful for testing and "
"development of the SSSD without having to deploy a full remote server. The "
"<command>sss_user*</command> and <command>sss_group*</command> tools use a "
"local LDB storage to store users and groups."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
#: include/seealso.xml:4
msgid ""
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap-attributes</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <phrase "
"condition=\"with_files_provider\"> <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-files</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, </phrase> <phrase "
"condition=\"with_sudo\"> <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-sudo</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, </phrase> "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-session-recording</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sss_cache</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_debuglevel</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sss_obfuscate</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_seed</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <phrase condition=\"with_ssh\"> <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>, </phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_ifp\"> "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>, </phrase> <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>pam_sss</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry>.  <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sss_rpcidmapd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> <phrase condition=\"with_stap\"> <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sssd-systemtap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry> </phrase>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_search_bases.xml:3
msgid ""
"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches "
"for this attribute type."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para><programlisting>
#: include/ldap_search_bases.xml:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "search_base[?scope?[filter][?search_base?scope?[filter]]*]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_search_bases.xml:7
msgid "syntax: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_search_bases.xml:13
msgid ""
"The scope can be one of \"base\", \"onelevel\" or \"subtree\". The scope "
"functions as specified in section 4.5.1.2 of http://tools.ietf.org/html/"
"rfc4511"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_search_bases.xml:23
msgid ""
"For examples of this syntax, please refer to the <quote>ldap_search_base</"
"quote> examples section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
#: include/ldap_search_bases.xml:31
msgid ""
"Please note that specifying scope or filter is not supported for searches "
"against an Active Directory Server that might yield a large number of "
"results and trigger the Range Retrieval extension in the response."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <para>
#: include/autofs_restart.xml:2
msgid ""
"Please note that the automounter only reads the master map on startup, so if "
"any autofs-related changes are made to the sssd.conf, you typically also "
"need to restart the automounter daemon after restarting the SSSD."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><term>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:2
msgid "override_homedir (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:16
msgid "UID number"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:20
msgid "domain name"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:23
msgid "%f"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:24
msgid "fully qualified user name (user@domain)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:27
msgid "%l"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:28
msgid "The first letter of the login name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:32
msgid "UPN - User Principal Name (name@REALM)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:35
msgid "%o"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:37
msgid "The original home directory retrieved from the identity provider."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:44
msgid ""
"The original home directory retrieved from the identity provider, but in "
"lower case."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:49
msgid "%H"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:51
msgid "The value of configure option <emphasis>homedir_substring</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:5
msgid ""
"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value "
"or a template. In the template, the following sequences are substituted: "
"<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:63
msgid "This option can also be set per-domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:68
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"override_homedir = /home/%u\n"
"        "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:72
msgid "Default: Not set (SSSD will use the value retrieved from LDAP)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/override_homedir.xml:76
msgid ""
"Please note, the home directory from a specific override for the user, "
"either locally (see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sss_override</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>) or centrally managed "
"IPA id-overrides, has a higher precedence and will be used instead of the "
"value given by override_homedir."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><term>
#: include/homedir_substring.xml:2
msgid "homedir_substring (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/homedir_substring.xml:5
msgid ""
"The value of this option will be used in the expansion of the "
"<emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> option if the template contains the "
"format string <emphasis>%H</emphasis>. An LDAP directory entry can directly "
"contain this template so that this option can be used to expand the home "
"directory path for each client machine (or operating system). It can be set "
"per-domain or globally in the [nss] section. A value specified in a domain "
"section will override one set in the [nss] section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/homedir_substring.xml:15
msgid "Default: /home"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><title>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:2 include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:2
msgid "MODIFIED DEFAULT OPTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:4
msgid ""
"Certain option defaults do not match their respective backend provider "
"defaults, these option names and AD provider-specific defaults are listed "
"below:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:9 include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:9
msgid "KRB5 Provider"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:13 include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:13
msgid "krb5_validate = true"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:18
msgid "krb5_use_enterprise_principal = true"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:24
msgid "LDAP Provider"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:28
msgid "ldap_schema = ad"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:33 include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:38
msgid "ldap_force_upper_case_realm = true"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:38
msgid "ldap_id_mapping = true"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:43
msgid "ldap_sasl_mech = GSS-SPNEGO"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:48
msgid "ldap_referrals = false"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:53
msgid "ldap_account_expire_policy = ad"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:58 include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:58
msgid "ldap_use_tokengroups = true"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:63
msgid "ldap_sasl_authid = sAMAccountName@REALM (typically SHORTNAME$@REALM)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:66
msgid ""
"The AD provider looks for a different principal than the LDAP provider by "
"default, because in an Active Directory environment the principals are "
"divided into two groups - User Principals and Service Principals. Only User "
"Principal can be used to obtain a TGT and by default, computer object's "
"principal is constructed from its sAMAccountName and the AD realm. The well-"
"known host/hostname@REALM principal is a Service Principal and thus cannot "
"be used to get a TGT with."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:80
msgid "NSS configuration"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:84
msgid "fallback_homedir = /home/%d/%u"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:87
msgid ""
"The AD provider automatically sets \"fallback_homedir = /home/%d/%u\" to "
"provide personal home directories for users without the homeDirectory "
"attribute. If your AD Domain is properly populated with Posix attributes, "
"and you want to avoid this fallback behavior, you can explicitly set "
"\"fallback_homedir = %o\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:96
msgid ""
"Note that the system typically expects a home directory in /home/%u folder. "
"If you decide to use a different directory structure, some other parts of "
"your system may need adjustments."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ad_modified_defaults.xml:102
msgid ""
"For example automated creation of home directories in combination with "
"selinux requires selinux adjustment, otherwise the home directory will be "
"created with wrong selinux context."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:4
msgid ""
"Certain option defaults do not match their respective backend provider "
"defaults, these option names and IPA provider-specific defaults are listed "
"below:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:18
msgid "krb5_use_fast = try"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:23
msgid "krb5_canonicalize = true"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:29
msgid "LDAP Provider - General"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:33
msgid "ldap_schema = ipa_v1"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:43
msgid "ldap_sasl_mech = GSSAPI"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:48
msgid "ldap_sasl_minssf = 56"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:53
msgid "ldap_account_expire_policy = ipa"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:64
msgid "LDAP Provider - User options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:68
msgid "ldap_user_member_of = memberOf"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:73
msgid "ldap_user_uuid = ipaUniqueID"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:78
msgid "ldap_user_ssh_public_key = ipaSshPubKey"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:83
msgid "ldap_user_auth_type = ipaUserAuthType"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:89
msgid "LDAP Provider - Group options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:93
msgid "ldap_group_object_class = ipaUserGroup"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:98
msgid "ldap_group_object_class_alt = posixGroup"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:103
msgid "ldap_group_member = member"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:108
msgid "ldap_group_uuid = ipaUniqueID"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:113
msgid "ldap_group_objectsid = ipaNTSecurityIdentifier"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: include/ipa_modified_defaults.xml:118
msgid "ldap_group_external_member = ipaExternalMember"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:3
msgid "krb5_auth_timeout (integer)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:6
msgid ""
"Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password "
"request is aborted. If possible, the authentication request is continued "
"offline."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:17
msgid "krb5_validate (boolean)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:20
msgid ""
"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been "
"spoofed. The keytab is checked for entries sequentially, and the first entry "
"with a matching realm is used for validation. If no entry matches the realm, "
"the last entry in the keytab is used. This process can be used to validate "
"environments using cross-realm trust by placing the appropriate keytab entry "
"as the last entry or the only entry in the keytab file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:29
msgid "Default: false (IPA and AD provider: true)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:32
msgid ""
"Please note that the ticket validation is the first step when checking the "
"PAC (see 'pac_check' in the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for "
"details). If ticket validation is disabled the PAC checks will be skipped as "
"well."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:44
msgid "krb5_renewable_lifetime (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:47
msgid ""
"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer "
"immediately followed by a time unit:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:52 include/krb5_options.xml:86
#: include/krb5_options.xml:123
msgid "<emphasis>s</emphasis> for seconds"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:55 include/krb5_options.xml:89
#: include/krb5_options.xml:126
msgid "<emphasis>m</emphasis> for minutes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:58 include/krb5_options.xml:92
#: include/krb5_options.xml:129
msgid "<emphasis>h</emphasis> for hours"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:61 include/krb5_options.xml:95
#: include/krb5_options.xml:132
msgid "<emphasis>d</emphasis> for days."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:64 include/krb5_options.xml:135
msgid "If there is no unit given, <emphasis>s</emphasis> is assumed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:68 include/krb5_options.xml:139
msgid ""
"NOTE: It is not possible to mix units.  To set the renewable lifetime to one "
"and a half hours, use '90m' instead of '1h30m'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:73
msgid "Default: not set, i.e. the TGT is not renewable"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:79
msgid "krb5_lifetime (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:82
msgid ""
"Request ticket with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by "
"a time unit:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:98
msgid "If there is no unit given <emphasis>s</emphasis> is assumed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:102
msgid ""
"NOTE: It is not possible to mix units.  To set the lifetime to one and a "
"half hours please use '90m' instead of '1h30m'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:107
msgid ""
"Default: not set, i.e. the default ticket lifetime configured on the KDC."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:114
msgid "krb5_renew_interval (string)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:117
msgid ""
"The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed. TGTs "
"are renewed if about half of their lifetime is exceeded, given as an integer "
"immediately followed by a time unit:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:144
msgid "If this option is not set or is 0 the automatic renewal is disabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: include/krb5_options.xml:157
msgid ""
"Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized. This "
"feature is available with MIT Kerberos 1.7 and later versions."
msgstr ""

#~ msgid "sss_groupmod"
#~ msgstr "sss_groupmod"

#~ msgid "modify a group"
#~ msgstr "变更一个组"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<option>-a</option>,<option>--append-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
#~ "replaceable>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<option>-a</option>,<option>--append-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
#~ "replaceable>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<option>-r</option>,<option>--remove-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
#~ "replaceable>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<option>-r</option>,<option>--remove-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
#~ "replaceable>"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Remove this group from groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
#~ "replaceable> parameter."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Remove this group from groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
#~ "replaceable> parameter."